Bibliography for Aquatic Plants
Aarssen, L.W. and D.L. Irwin. 1991. What selection: herbivory or
competition. Oikos 60: 261-262.
Abdel-Rahman, F. H., and A. R. Maggenti. 1981a. The embryology
and post-infection development of a new species of
Meloidogyne. J. Nematol. 13:429 (abstr.).
Abdel-Rahman, F. H., and A. R. Maggenti. 1981b. Morphological
and biological studies on two new species of nematodes found
associated with sedge roots in California. J. Nematol.
13:429-430 (abstr.).
Abdel-Rahman, F. H., and A. R. Maggenti. 1987a. Hirschmanniella
pomponiensis n. sp. (Nemata: Pratylenchidae) parasitic on
bulrush, Scirpus robustus Pursh. J. Nematol. 19:147-151.
Abdel-Rahman, F. H., and A. R. Maggenti. 1987b. Meloidogine
californiensis n. sp. (Nemata: Meloidogyninae), parasitic on
bulrush, Scirpus robustus Pursh. J. Nematol. 19:207-217.
Aedo, C., and Fernandez Casado, M. A. 1988. The taxonomic
position of Ruppia populations along the Cantabrian coast.
Aquat. Bot. 32:187-192.
Adam, P. 1981. The vegetation of British saltmarshes. New
Phytol. 96:143-196.
Adams, F. S., H. Cole Jr., and L. B. Massie. 1973. Elemental
constitution of selected aquatic vascular plants from
Pennsylvania: Submersed and floating leaved species and
rooted emergent species. Environ. Pollut. 5:117-147.
Adams, M. S., J. Titus, and M. McCracken. l974. Depth
distribution of photosynthetic activity in a Myricophyllus
spicatum community in Lake Wingra. Limnol. Oceanogr.
19:377-389.
Adams, M. S., P. Guilizzoni, and S. Adams. 1978. Relationship
of dissolved inorganic carbon to macrophyte photosynthesis
in some Italian lakes. Limnol. Oceanogr. 23:912-919.
Adams, T. G., G. J. Atchison, and R. J. Vetter. 1980. The
impact of an industrially contaminated lake on heavy metal
levels in its effluent stream. Hydrobiologia 69:187-193.
Addy, C. E. 1946. Food habits of the black duck on the Essex
County salt marsh. Bull. Mass. Audubon Soc. 30(1):3-10.
Adriano, D. C., A. Fulenwider, R. R. Sharitz, T. G. Ciravolo, and
G. D. Hoyt. 1980. Growth and mineral nutrition of cattail
(Typha) as influenced by thermal alteration. J. Environ.
Quality, 9:649-653.
Afton, A. D., R. H. Hier, and S. L. Paulus. 1986. Body weights,
carcass composition, and foods of lesser scaup during mid-
winter in southwestern Louisiana. Minn. Dep. Nat. Resour.,
Bemidji. 9 pp.
Agami, M., and Y. Waisel. 1988. The role of fish in
distribution and germination of seeds of the submerged
macrophytes Najas marina L. and Ruppia maritima L.
Oecologia 76:83-88.
Aiken, S., and J. M. Gillett. 1974. The distribution of aquatic
plants in selected lakes of Gatineau Park, Quebec. Can.
Field-Nat. 88:437-448.
Ailstock, M. S. 1989. Utilization and treatment of thermal
discharge by establishment of a wetlands plant nursery. pp.
719-726 in D. A. Hammer ed. Constructed wetlands for
wastewater treatment. Lewis Publishers, Chelsea, Michigan.
831 pp.
Aleem, A. A., and Samaas, A. A. 1969. Productivity of Lake
Mariut. Egypt. Part I - Physical and Chemical aspects.-
Intern. Rev. gesamt. Hydrobiol. 54. 3:313-355.
Aleem, A. A., and Samaan, A. A. 1969. Productivity of Lake
Mariut, Egypt. Part II, Primary production. Internat. Rev.
Ges. Hydrobiol. 54:491-527.
Alisauskas, R. T., C. D. Ankney, and E. E. Klaas. 1988. Winter
diets and nutrition of the midcontinental population of
lesser snow geese. J. Wildl. Manage. 52:403-414.
Allanson, B. R., and C. Howard-Williams. 1984. A contribution
to the physico-chemical limnology of Swartvlei. Arch.
Hydrobiol. 99:133-159.
Allen, E. D., and P. R. Gorham. 1973. Changes in the submerged
macrophyte communities of Lake Wabamun as a rsult of thermal
discharge. pp 313-324 in Proc. Symp. Lakes Western Canada,
Nov. 16-17, 1972. Univ. of Alberta, Water Resour. Cert.,
Edmonton.
Allen, H. L. 1971. Primary productivity, cemo-organo trophy,
and nutritional interactions of epiphytic algae and bacteria
on macrophytes in the littoral of a lake. Ecol. Monogr.
41:97-127.
Allen, R. G., J. H. Prueger, and R. W. Hill. 1992.
Evapotranspiration from isolated stands of hydrophytes:
Cattail and bulrush. Trans. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng. 35:1191-
1198.
Allen, R. P. 1956. The flamingoes: their life history and
survival, with special reference to the American or West
Indian flamingo (Phoenicopterus ruber). National Audubon
Society, New York. 285 pp.
Allenby, K. G. 1968. Some analyses of aquatic plants and water.
Hydrobiol. 32:486-490.
Allison, S. K. 1992. The influence of rainfall variability on
the species composition of a northern California salt marsh
plant assemblage. Vegetatio 101:145-160.
Almestrand, A. 1951. Studies on the vegetation and
hydrochemistry of Scanian lakes. II. Ion determinations in
lake waters. Bot. Notiser, 2(3) (suppl.) 143-174.
Ampong-Nyarko, K., and S. K. De Datta. 1991. A handbook for
weed control in rice. International Rice Research
Institute, Manila. 113 pp.
Andersen, F. O. l976. Primary production in a shallow water
lake with special reference to a reed swamp. Oikos
27:243-250.
Anderson, B. W., and R. D. Ohmart. 1988. Structure of the
winter duck community on the lower Colorado River: patterns
and processes. Pp 191-236 in M. W. Weller, ed. Waterfowl
in winter. Iniv. of Minnesota press, Minneapolis. 624 pp.
Anderson, C. M. 1977. Cattail decline of Farmington Bay
waterfowl management area. Great Basin Nat. 37:24-34.
Anderson, G. C. 1958. Seasonal characteristics of two saline
Anderson, G. C. 1958. Some limnological features of a shallow
saline meromictic lake. Limnol. Oceanogr. 3:259-270.
Anderson, H. G. 1959. Food habits of migratory ducks in
Illinois. Bul. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. 27, Art. 4:289-344.
Anderson, J. M. 1950. Some aquatic vegetation changes following
fish removal. J. Wildl. Manage. 14:206-209.
Anderson, L. W. J. 1981. Effect of light on the phytotoxicity
of fluridone American pondweed (Potamogeton nodosus) and
sago pondweed (P. pectinatus). Weed Sci. 29:723-728.
Anderson, L. W. J., and N. Dechoretz. 1988. Bensulfuron methyl:
A new aquatic herbicide. Pp. 224-235 in (See Gersinger,
1988).
Anderson, M. G. 1978. Distribution and production of sago
pondweed (Potamogeton pectinatus L.) on a northern prairie
marsh. Ecol. 59:154-160.
Anderson, M. G., and J. B. Low. 1976. Use of sago pondweed by
waterfowl on Delta Marsh. Manitoba. J. Wildl. Manage.
40:233-242.
Anderson, M. G., and R. E. Jones. 1976. Submerged aquatic
vascular plants of East Delta Marsh, Manitoba. Manitoba
Dep. Renewable Resour. Transp. Serv. Wildl. Rep. 120 pp.
Anderson, R. C., A. E. Liberta, and L. A. Dickman. 1984.
Interaction of vascular plants and vesiculer-arbuscular
mycorrhizel fungi across a soil moisture-nutrient gradient.
Oecologia 64:111-117.
Anderson, R. R. 1966. Plant ecology of the upper Patuxent River
estuary with special reference to the effect of thermal
pollution on macrophytes. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Maryland,
College Park. 99pp.
Anderson, R. R. 1969. Temperature and rooted aquatic plants.
Chesapeake Sci. 10:157-164.
Anderson, R. R. 1972. Submerged vascular plants of the
Chesapeake Bay and tributaries. Chesapeake Sci. 13(suppl.):
S87-S89.
Anderson, R. R., R. G. Brown, and R. D. Rappleye. 1968. Water
quality and plant distribution along the upper Patuxent
River, Maryland. Chesapeake Sci. 9:145-156.
Andrews, J. D., and A. D. Hasler. 1943. Fluctuations in the
animal populations of the littoral zone in Lake Mendota.
Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters. 35:175-185.
Andrikovics, S. 1973. Hydro-ecological and zoological
examinations in the pondweed fields of Lake Ferto.
Alliattani Kozicm enysk 60:39-50. (English summary).
Ankar, S., and R. Elmgren. 1977. The Ruppia subsystem. In:
B-O. Jansson and F. Wulff (Editors), Ecosystem analysis of a
Shallow Sound in the Northern Baltic - a Joint Study by the
Asko Group. Contributions from the Asko Laboratory, Univ.
Stockholm, Sweden, pp. 64-71.
Apfelbaum, S. I. 1985. Cattail (Typha spp.) management. Nat.
Areas J. 5(3):9-17.
Apfelbaum, S. I., and A. Haney. 1981. Bird populations before
and after wildfire in a Great Lakes Pine Forest. Condor
83:347-354.
Arber, A. 1920. Water plants, a study of aquatic angiosperms.
Cambridge Univ. Press, England. 436 pp.
Armstrong, R., and D. W. Anderson. 1966. Primary productivity
measurements at Devils Lake, North Dakota. Proc. N.D.
Acad. Sci. 20:136-149.
Arnold, A. 1955. Die Bedeutung der Chlorionen fur die Pflanze.
Bot. Stud. 2. Jena.
Arthur, S. C. 1931. The fur animals of Louisiana. Louisiana
Dep. Cons. Bull. 18 (rev.).
Ascherson, P., and P. Grabener. l907. Potamogetonaceae Das
Pflanzenreich. 4:133.
Attaway, D. H., P. L. Parker, and J. A. Mears. 1970. Normal
alkanes of five coastal spermatophytes. Contr. Mar. Sci.
15:13-19.
Attaway, D. H., P. Haug, and P. L. Parker. 1971. Sterols in
five coastal spermatophytes. Lipids 6:687-691.
Atwater, B. F., and C. W. Hedel. 1976. Distribution of seed
plants with respect to tide levels and water salinity in the
natural tidal marshes of the northern San Francisco Bay
estuary, California. U.S. Geol. Surv. Open File Rep.
76-389. 41 pp.
Auclair, A. N., A. Bouchard, and J. Pajaczkowski. 1973. Plant
composition and species relations on the Huntingdon marsh,
Quebec. Canadian Journal of Botany 51:1231-1247.
Auclair, A. N., A. Bouchard, and J. Pajaczkowski. 1976a. Plant
standing crop and productivity relations in a Scirpus-
Equisetum wetland. Ecology 57:941-952.
Auclair, A. N., A. Bouchard, and J. Pajaczkowski. 1976b.
Productivity relations in a Carex-dominated ecosystem.
Oecologia 26:9-31.
Austin, H., and S. Austin. 1971. The feeding habits of some
juvenile marine fishes from the mangroves in western Puerto
Rico. Caribb. J. Sci. 11:171-178.
Axell, H. E. 1982. Control of reeds (Phragmites communis) at
Minsmere, England. pp. 44-50 in D. A. Scott, ed. Technical
meeting on western palearctic migratory bird management.
Managing wetlands and their birds. IWRB, Slimbridge,
England.
Azcon-Bieto, A., J. Murillo, and J. Penuelas. 1987. Cyanide-
resistant respiration in photosynthetic organs of freshwater
aquatic plants. Plant Physiol. 84:701-706.
Baden, J., III., W. T. Batson, and R. Stalter. 1975. Factors
affecting the distribution of vegetation of abandoned
ricefields, Georgetown Co., South Carolina. Castanea
40:171-184.
Badger, K. S., and I. A. Ungar. 1990. Effects of soil salinity
on growth and ion content of the inland halophyte hordeum
jubatum. Bot. Gaz. 151:314-321. (another by same authors
1991 gives life history and is also in reprint files.)
Bailey, R. O., and R. D. Titman. l984. Habitat use and feeding
ecology of postbreeding redheads. J. Wildl. Manage.
48:1144-1155.
Bakker, J. P. 1978. Changes in a salt marsh vegetation as a
result of grazing and mowing, a five year study of permanent
plots. Vegetatio 38:77-87.
Bakker, J.P. 1985. The impact of grazing on plant communities,
plant populations, and soil conditions on saltmarshes.
Vegetatio 63: 39~-398.
Bakker, J. P., and J. V. Ruyter. 1981. Effects of five years of
grazing on a salt-marsh vegetation. Vegetatio 44:81-100.
Bakker, J. P., M. Dijkstra, and P. T. Russchen. 1985.
Dispersal, germination and early establishment of halophytes
and glycophytes on a grazed and abandoned salt-marsh
gradient. New Phytol. 101:291-308.
Baldwin, W. P. 1967. Impoundments for waterfowl on South
Atlantic and Gulf coastal marshes pp 127-133 in Proc. marsh
and estuary manage. symp., Louisiana State Univ., Baton
Rouge.
Ball, J. P. 1985. Marsh management by water level manipulation
on other natural techniques: a community approach. Pp.
263-277 in H. Prince and F. M. D'Itri, eds. Coastal
Wetlands. Lewis Publications, Chelsea, MI. 286 pp.
Ball, J., R. D. Bauer, K. Vermeer, and M. J. Rabenberg. 1989.
Northwest riverine and Pacific coast. Pp 429-449 in L. M.
Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski, eds. Habitat
management for migrating and wintering waterfowl in North
America. Texas Tech. Univ. Press, Lubbock. 560 pp.
Barber, W. E., and N. R. Keven. 1973. Ecological factors
influencing macroinvertebrate standing crop distribution.
Hydrobiol. 43:53-75.
Barbour, M. G. 1978. The effects of competition and salinity on
the growth of a salt marsh plant species. Oecologia 37:93-
99.
Barclay, A. M., and R. M. M. Crawford. 1982. Plant growth and
survival under strict anaerobiosis. J. Exp. Bot. 33:541-
549.
Barclay, A. M., and R. M. M. Crawford. 1983. The effect of
anaerobiosis on carbohydrate levels in storage tissues of
wetland plants. Ann. Bot. 51:255-259.
Bardwell, J. L., L. L. Glasgow, and E. A. Epps, Jr. 1965.
Nutritional analyses of foods eaten by pintail and teal in
south Louisiana. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game
and Fish Comm. 16:209-217.
Barker, W. T., and G. E. Larson. 1976. Aquatic plant
communities. p. 2.2C1-2.2C96 in: Wildlife, biological and
vegetation resources of the Dunn County coal gasification
project study area. An interim report. Bot. and Zoo.
Depts., NDSU, Fargo.
Barker, W. T., and G. W. Fulton. 1979. Analysis of wetland
vegetation on selected areas in southwestern North Dakota.
N.D. Regional Environmental Assessment Program. Rep. No.
79-15. North Dakota State University, Fargo. 132 pp.
Barko, J. W., and R. M. Smart. 1981. Sediment-based nutrition
of submersed macrophytes. Aquat. Bot. 10:339-352.
Barko, J. W., R. M. Smart, C. R. Lee, M. C. Landin, T. C.
Sturgis, and R. N. Gordon. 1977. Establishment and growth
of selected freshwater and coastal marsh plants in relation
to characteristics of dredged sediments. U. S. Army Corps
of Engineers, Waterways Exp. Stn. Tech. Rep. D-77-2. 41 pp.
Barko, J. W., D. G. Hardin, and M. S. Mathews. 1982. Growth and
morphology of submersed freshwater macrophytes in relation
to light and temperature. Can. J. Bot. 60:877-887.
Barko, J. W., R. M. Smart, M. S. Hennington, D. A. McFarland, and
L. D. Ferguson. 1983. Effects of organic amendments to
sediment on freshwater macrophyte growth. Tech. Rep.
A-83-5, U.S. Army Engineer waterwasy. Exp. Sta., CE,
Vicksburg, Miss.
Barko, J. W., M. S. Adams, and N. L. Clesceri. 1986.
Environmental factors and their consideration in the
management of submersed aquatic vegetation: a review.
J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 24:1-10.
Barko, J. W., and R. M. Smart. 1986. Sediment-related
mechanisms of growth limitation in submersed macrophytes.
Envir. Lab., Waterways Experiment Sta., Vicksburg,
Mississippi. Ecol. 67:1328-1340.
Barnes, R. S. K., A. E. Dorey, and C. Little. 1971. An
ecological study of a pool subject to varying salinity
(Swanpool, Falmouth). J. Anim. Ecol. 40:709-734.
Barnett, L. B. 1964. An ecological study of waterfowl habitat
at Powell's Slough. Utah Lake. M.S. Thesis, Brigham Young
Univ., Provo. UT. 45 pp.
Bartonek, J. C., and J. J. Hickey. 1969a. Food habits of
canvasbacks, redheads, and lesser scaup in Manitoba. Condor
71:280-290.
Bartonek, J. C., and J. J. Hickey. 1969b. Selective feeding by
juvenile diving ducks in summer. Auk. 86:443-457.
Bassett, P. A. 1978. The vegetation of a Camargue pasture. J.
Ecol. 66:803-827.
Bassett, P. A. 1980. Some effects of grazing on vegetation
dynamics in the Camargue, France. Vegetatio 43:173-184.
Batten, G. J. 1967. Chemical control of weeds in drains. N. Z.
J. Agric. 114:26-29.
Bauman, A. C. 1947. 2,4-D and some emergent aquatics. Prog.
Fish-Cult. 9:71-77.
Bayly, I. A. E., and W. D. Williams. 1966. Chemical and
biological studies on some saline lakes of southeast
Australia. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 17, 177-228.
Bayly, I. L., and T. A. O'Neill. 1972. Seasonal ionic
fluctuations in Typha glauca community. Ecol. 53:714-719.
Bazely, D.R. and R.L. Jefferies. 1985. Goose faeces: A source of
nitrogen for plant growth in a grazed marsh. Journal of
Applied Ecology 22: 693-703.
Bazely, D.R. and R.L. Jefferies. 1986. Changes in composition and
standing crop of saltmarsh communities in response to the
removal of a grazer. Journal of Ecology 74: 693-706.
Beadle, L. C. 1943. An ecological survey of some inland saline
waters of Algeria. J. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) 41, 218-242.
Beadle, L. C., and E. M. Lind. 1960. Research on the swamps of
Uganda. Uganda J. 24:84-87.
Beal, E. O. 1977. A manual of marsh and aquatic vascular plants
of North Carolina with habitat data. North Carolina Agric.
Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 247.
Beal, E. O., A. W. Cooper, and D. A. Adams. 1962. Factors
influencing vascular plant zonation in North Carolina
saltmarshes. Final Report Contract, Nonr 486 (09), N.C.
State Col. 79 p.
Beam, J., and N. Gruenhagen. 1980. Feeding ecology of pintails
(Anas acuta) wintering on the Los Banos Wildlife Area,
Merced County, California. California Game and Fish Dept.
Job Progress Rep. W-40-D-1. 23 pp.
Beare, P. A., and J. B. Jedler. 1987. Cattail invasion and
persistence in a coastal salt marsh - the role of salinity
reduction. Estuaries 10(2):165-170.
Beckwith, S. L., and H. J. Hosford. 1956. The Florida duck in
the vicinity of Lake Okeechobee, Glades County, Florida.
Proc. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 9:188-201.
Bedford, B. 1977. Seasonally displaced water temperatures as a
factor affecting depletion of stored carbohydrates in Typha
latifolia. Pages 83-98 in C. B. Dewitt and E. Soloway
(eds.), Wetlands, Institute for Environmental Studies, Univ.
of Wisconsin--Madison.
Bedish, J. W. 1964. Studies of the germination and growth of
cattail in relation to marsh management. M.S. Thesis, Iowa
State Univ., Ames. 85 pp.
Bedish, J. W. 1967. Cattail moisture requirements and their
significance to marsh management. Am. Midl. Nat.
78:288-300.
Bednarik, K. 1956. Muskrat in Ohio Lake Erie marhes. Ohio Dept.
Nat. Resour., Div. Wildl. 67pp.
Beeftink, W. G. 1966. Vegetation and habitat of the salt marshes
and beach plains in the southwestern part of the
Netherlands. Wentia 15:83-108.
Beeftink, W. G. 1977. The coastal salt-marshes of western and
northern Europe: an ecological and phytosociological
approach. pp. 109-155 in V.J. Chapman, ed. Wet coastal
ecosystems. Elsevier, Amsterdam. 428 pp.
Beeftink, W. G. 1978. Vegetation dynamics in salt marshes as a
conswequence of some traditional cultural practices of man.
Phytocoenosis 7:279-298.
Beeftink, W. G. 1985. Vegetation study as a generator for
population biological and physiological research on salt
marshes. Vegetatio 62:469-486.
Beetle, A. A. 1942. Studies in the genus Scirpus L. IV. The
section Bolboschoenus Palla. Am. J. Bot. 29:82-88.
Bell, L. M., and R. J. Kallman. 1976a. The Cowichan-Chemainus
River estuaries. Status of environmental knowlege to 1975.
Environment Canada Special Estuary Ser. No. 4.
Bell, L. M., and R. J. Kallman. 1976b. The Nanaimo River
estuary. Status of environmental knowlege to 1976.
Environment Canada Special Estuary Ser. No. 5. 1977.
Bell, L. M., and J. M. Thompson. 1977. The Campbell River
estuary. Status of environmental knowlege to 1977.
Environment Canada Special Estuary Ser. No. 7.
Bell, R. 1956. Aquatic and marginal vegetation of strip mine
waters in southern Illinois. Transactions of Illinois
Academy of Science 48:85-91.
Bellrose, F. C. Jr. l941. Duck food plants of the Illinois
River Valley. Ill. Nat. Hist. Survey Bull. 21:237-280.
Bellrose, F. C. Jr., and H. G. Anderson. 1943. Preferential
rating of duck food plants. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull.
22:417-433.
Bellrose, F. C., and L. G. Brown. 1941. The effect of
fluctuating water levels on the muskrat population of the
Illinois River Valley. J. Wildl. Manage. 5:206-212.
Bellrose, F. C., F. L. Paveglio, Jr., and D. W. Steffeck. 1979.
Waterfowl populations and the changing environment of the
Illinois River Valley. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull.
32(1). 54 p.
Belsky, A.J. 1986. Does herbivory benefit plants? A review of the
evidence. American Naturalist 127: 870892.
Bennett, L. J. 1938. The blue-winged teal, its ecology and
management. Collegiate Press. 144 pp.
Berendsen, G., and Van der Kruis, A. 1986. Groei en productie
van Potamogeton pertinatus L. in het Lauwermeer in relatie
tot begrazing. Rijksdienst voor de IJasselmeerpolders,
internal report, no. 1986-26 abw. 59 pp. (Dutch with
English summary).
Berg, C. O. 1949. Limnological relations of insects to plants
of the genus Potamogeton. Trans. Am. Micro. Soc.
68:279-291.
Berge, D. A. 1987. Native plants, fish introduced in lake
restoration effort (Wisconsin). Restoration Manage.
Notes 5:35.
Bergelson, J. 1990. Spatial patterning in plants: opposing
effects of herbivory and competition. Journal of Ecology 78:
937-948.
Bergey, E. A., S. F. Balling, J. N. Collins, G. A. Lamberti, and
V. H. Resh. 1992. Bionomics of invertebrates within an
extensive Potamogeton pectinatus bed of a California marsh.
Hydrobiologia 234:15-24.
Bergman, R. D. 1973. Use of southern boreal lakes by
postbreeding canvasbacks and redheads. J. Wildl. Manage.
37:160-170.
Bernard, J. M. 1974. Seasonal changes in standing crop and
primary production in a sedge wetland and an adjacent dry
old-field in central Minnesota. Ecology 55:350-359.
Bernard, J. M., and F. A. Bernard. 1973. Winter biomass in
Typha glauca Godr. and Sparganium eurycarpum Engelm. Bull.
Torrey Bot. Club 100:125-127.
Bernard, J. M., and F. A. Bernard. 1977. Winter standing crop
and nutrient contents in five central New York wetlands.
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 104:57-59.
Bernasor, P. C., and S. K. DeDatta. 1986. Chemical and cultural
control of bulrush (Scirpus maritimus L.) and annual weeds
in lowland rice (Oryza sativa L.). Weed Resear. 26:233-244.
Bernatowicz, S. 1965. Effects of mowing on the occurrence of
macrophytes in the Dgal Maly Lake. Acta Hydrobiol. 7:71-82.
Bernatowicz, S. 1969. Macrophytes in the Lake Warniak and their
chemical composition. Ekol. Pol. Ser. A, 17:447-467.
Bernatowicz, S., and J. Zachwieja. 1966. Types of littoral
found in lakes of the Majurian and Suwalki Lakelands. Ekol
Pol. Ser.A. 14:519-545.
Bernatowicz, S., S. Leszcynski, and S. Tyczynska. 1976. The
influence of transpiration by emergent plants on water
balance in lakes. Aquat. Bot. 2:275-288.
Beter, R. A. 1957. A comparative winter food habit study of
dabbling ducks from the brackish Lake Borgne Marsh of
St.Bernard Parish and the fresh marsh of Pass-A-Loutre
(Miss. Delta) Plaquemines Parish, Louisiana. M.S. Thesis,
Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. 69 pp.
Beule, J. D. 1979. Control and management of cattails in
south-eastern Wisconsi. Tech. Bull. No. 112. Wis. Dep. Nat.
Resour., Madison.
Bicknell, E. P. 1901. On Scirpus robustus and certain of its
near allies. Torreya 1:94-96.
Bierhuizen, J. F. H., and E. E. Prepas. 1985. Relationship
between nutrients, dominant ions, and phytoplankton standing
crop in prairie saline lakes. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci.
42:1588-1594.
Biesboe, D. D. 1984. Seasonal variation in nitrogen fixation,
associated microbial populations, and carbohydrates in roots
and rhizomes of Typha latifolia (Typhaceae). Can. J. Bot.,
62:1965-1967.
Biesboer, D. D. 1984. Nitrogen Fixation associated with natural
and cultuvated stands of Typhe latifelia L. Am. J. Bot.
71:505-511.
Bigley, R. E., and P. G. Harrison. 1983. The population biology
of two intertidal seagrasses, Zostera japonica and Ruppia
maritima, at Roberts Bank, British Columbia.
Bigley, R. E., and P. A. Harrison. l986. Shoot demography and
morphology of Zostera japonica and Ruppia maritima from
British Columbia, Canada. Aquatic Bot. 24:69-82.
Billore, D. K., and L. N. Vyas. 1981. Distribution and
production of macrophytes in Pichhola Lake, Udaipur (India).
Int.J. Ecol. Environ. Sci. 7:45-54.
Bird, E. C. F. 1968. Coasts. The Mass. Institute of Technology
Press, Cambridge. 246 pp.
Bird, K. T., B. R. Cody, J. Jewett-Smith, and M. E. Kane. 1993.
Salinity effects on Ruppia maritima L. cultured In Vitro.
Bot. Mar. 36:23-28.
Black, J. D. 1946. Nature's own weed killer. The German carp.
Wisc. Cons. Bull. 11:3-7.
Blake, G., J. P. Dubois, and P. Gerbeaux. 1986. Distribution
charges of population of macrophytes in a alpine lake. Pp.
43-50 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp. Aquat. Weeds. European Weed
Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Bio.
Blankenship, J. W. 1905. Native economic plants of Montana.
Mont. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 56. (not seen, cited in
Yanovsky 1936).
Bolen, E. G. 1964. Plant ecology of spring-fed salt marshes in
western Utah. Ecol. Monogr. 34:143-166.
Boltt, R. E. 1973. Coastal lakes benthos. Annual report of the
institute for Freshwater Studies, Rhodes Univ., Grahamstown,
South Africa. (not seen).
Boltt, R. E., B. J. Hill, and A. T. Forbes. 1969. The benthos
of some southern African lakes. Part I: Distribution of
aquatic macrophytes and fish in Lake Sibayi. Trans. Roy.
Soc. S. Africa. 38:241-248.
Bonasera, J., J. Lynch, and M. A. Leck. 1979. Comparison of the
allelopathic potential of four marsh species. Bul. Torrey
Bot. Club, 106:217-222.
Bonnewell, V., Koukkari, W. L., and D. C. Pratt. 1983. Light,
oxygen and temperature requirements for Typha latifolia seed
germination. Can. J. Bot. 61:1330-1336.
Bonnewell, V., and Pratt, D. C. 1978. Effects of nutrients on
productivity and morphology of Typha augustifolia X
latifolia. J. Minn. Aca. of Sci.
Boorman, L.A. and R.M. Fuller. 1981. The changing status of
reedswamp in the Norfolk Broads. Journal of Applied Ecology
18:241-269.
Booysen, P. deV,, and N. M. Tainton. (eds.). 1984. Ecological
effects of fire in South African ecosystems. Springer-
Verlag, New York.
Borowiec, E. 1975. Food of the coot (Fulica atra L.) in
different phenological periods. Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol.
22:157-166.
Bortner, J. B. 1985. Bioenergetics of wintering tundra swans in
the Mattamuskeet Region of North Carolina. M. S. Thesis,
Univ. Maryland, College Park. 69 pp.
Bourn, W. S. 1932. Ecological and physiological studies on
certain aquatic angiosperms. Contrib. Boyce Thompson Inst.
4:425-496.
Bourn, W. S. 1935. Sea-water tolerance of Ruppia maritima L.
Boyce Thompson Inst. Contrib. 7:249-255.
Bourn, W. S., and C. Cottam. 1939. The effect of lowering water
levels on marsh wildlife. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf.
4:343-350.
Bourn, W. S., and C. Cottam. 1950. Some biological effects of
ditching tidewater marshes. U. S. Fish Wildl. Serv. Resear.
Rep. 19.
Bourn, W. S., and B. Jenkins. 1928. Rhizoctonia disease on
certain aquatic plants. Boyce Thompson Inst. for Plant Res.
Contrib. 1:383-396
Bowers, K. H. 1987. Nutrient removal from effluents by an
artifical wetland: influence of rhizosphere aeration and
preferential flow studied using bromide and dye tracers.
Wat. Res. 21(5) 591-599.
Bowers, K. L., G. L. Pauley, and G. L. Thomas. 1987. Feeding
preference on Pacific Northwest aquatic plant species by
diploid and triploid grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idells).
pp 133-140 in Proc. 21st Annu. Mtg. Aquat. Plant Control
Resear. Prog., U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Exp. Sta.,
Vicksburg, Mississippi.
Bowers, K. J., and D. Blalock. 1993. Seagrass bed creation
attempted on dredge spoil (Maryland). Restor. Manage. Notes
11: 161-162.
Bowmer, K. H. 1987. Nutrient removal from effluents by an
artifical wetland: influence of rhizosphere aeration and
preferential flow studied using bromide and dye tracers.
Wat. Res. 21(5) 591-99.
Boyd, C. E. 1970. Amino acid, protein, and calorie content of
vascular aquatic macrophytes. Ecol. 51:902-906.
Boyd, C. E. 1970. Production, mineral accumulation and pigment
concentrations in Typha latifolia and Scirpus americanus.
Ecology 51:285-290.
Boyd, C. E. 1970. Chemical analyses of some vascular aquatic
plants. Arch. Hydrobiol. 67:78-85.
Boyd, C. E. 1970. Losses of mineral nutrients during
decomposition of Typha latifolia. Arch. Hydrobiol.
66:511-517.
Boyd, C. E. 1971. Further studies on productivity, nutrient and
pigment concentrations in Typha latifolia populations.
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 98:144-150.
Boyd, C. E., and L. W. Hess. 1970. Factors influencing shoot
production and mineral nutrient levels in Typha latifolia.
Ecology 51:296-300.
Boyd, C. E., and W. W. Walley. 1972. Studies of the
biogeochemistry of boron 1. Concentrations in surface
waters, rainfall, and aquatic plants. Am. Midl. Nat.
88:1-14.
Boye Petersen, J. 1917. In Wesenberg; Lund, Sand, M. J., Boye
Petersen, J., Seidelin Raukiaer, A., and Steenberg, C. M.,
1917. Bemaerkninger til Plantekortene over Bastrup Farum
Bagsvaerd og Lungby Furesostudier, Chap.III.(not seen).
Boynton, W. R., and K. L. Heck Jr. 1982. Ecological role and
value of submerged macrophyte communities: A scientific
summary. 432-501 pp in Chesapeake Bay program technical
studies: A synthesis. U.S. Env. Protection Agency,
Washington D.C. 634 pp.
Brannon, M. A. l9ll. Factors influencing the flora of Devil's
Lake. North Dakota Int. Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol. 4:291-299.
Braun-Blanquet, J. 1932. Plant sociology: the study of plant
communities. Translated by G. D. Fuller and H. S. Conard.
McGraw-Hill, New York. 430 pp.
Bray, J. R. 1962. Estimates of energy budgets for a Typha
(cattail) marsh. Science 136:1119-1120.
Bray, J. R., D. B. Lawrence, and L. C. Pearson. 1959. Primary
production in some Minnesota terrestrial communities for
1957. Oikos 10:38-49.
Brayshaw, T. C. 1985. Pondweeds and bur-reeds, and their
relatives, of British Columbia. British Columbia Prov. Mus.
Occas. Pap. Ser. No. 26. 167 pp.
Brehm, K. 1979. Factors affecting the vegetation of fresh
water reservoirs on the German coast. pp. 603-615 in
Westhoff, V., and Schouten, M.G.C. (eds.). The diversity of
European coastal ecosystems. Ecological processes in
coastal environments. Blackwell Scientific Publ., Oxford.
Brereton, A. J. 1971. The structure of the species populations
in the initial stage of salt-marsh succession. J. Ecol.
59:321-338.
Breuer, J. P. 1961. Biological survey of waters of the Laguna
Madre, Cameron and Willacy counties and adjacent waters.
Texas Parks Wildl. Dept. Coastal Fish. Job Completion Rep.
M-9-R-3, Job No. E-4. 2 pp.
Breuer, J. P. 1962. An ecological survey of the Lower Laguna
Madre of Texas, 1953-59. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex.
8:153-183.
Brewer, J.S. and J.B. Grace. 1990. Plant community structure in
an oligohaline tidal marsh. Vegetatio 90:93-107.
Briens, M., and F. Larher. 1982. Osmoregulation in halophytic
higher plants: a comparative study of soluble carbohydrates,
polyols, betaines and free proline. Plant, Cell and
Environ. 5:287-292.
Briggs, S. V. 1981. Freshwater wetlands. pp 335-360 in (R.H.
Groves ed.) Australian vegetation. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Briggs, S. V., and M. T. Maher. 1985. Limnological studies of
waterfowl habitat in south-western New South Wales. II.
Aquatic macrophyte productivity. Aust. J. Mar. Freshw.
Res. 36:707-715.
Bristow, J. M. 1974. Nitrogen fixation in the rhizosphere of
freshwater angiosperms. Can. J. Bot. 52:217-221.
Britton, R. H., and Podlejski, V. D. 1981. Inventory and
classification of the wetlands of the Camargue (France)
Aquat. Bot. 10:195-228.
Brock, M. A. 1982. Biology of the salinity tolerant genus
Ruppia L. in saline lakes in South Australia. II.
Population ecology and reproductive biology. Aquat. Bot.,
13:249-268.
Brock, M. A. 1982. Biology of the salinity tolerant genus
Ruppia L. in saline lakes in South Australia. I.
Morphological variation within and between species and
ecophysiology. Aquat. Bot.. 13:219-248.
Brock, M. A. l979. Accumulation of proline in a submerged
aquatic halophyte, Ruppia L. Oecologia. 51:217-219.
Brock, M. A. 1983. Reproductive allocation in annual and
perennial species of the submerged aquatic Halphyte ruppia.
J. Ecol. 71:811-828.
Brock, M. A., and J. A. K. Lane. 1983. The aquatic macrophyte
flora of saline wetlands in Western Australia in relation to
salinity and permanence. Hydrobiol. 105:63-76.
Brock, M. A., and R. J. Shiel. l983. The comparisons of aquatic
communities in saline wetlands in western Australia.
Hydrobiologia. 105:77-84.
Brock, T., and W. Van Vierssen. 1992. Climatic change and
hydrophyte-dominated communities in inland wetland
ecosystems. Wetland Ecol. and Manage. 2:37-49.
Bronmark, C., and S. E. B. Weisner. 1992. Indirect effects of
fish community structure on submerged vegetation in shallow,
eutrophic lakes: an alternative mechanism. Hydrobiologia
243/244:293-301.
Brooker, M. P., and R. W. Edwards. 1973. Effects of the
herbicide paraquat on the ecology of a reservoir. I.
Botanical and chemical aspects. Freshwater Biol. 3:157-175.
Brostoff, W., and D. Clarke. 1993. Monitoring marsh development
on an island constructed of dredged material in South
Carolina's Winyah Bay. U. S. Army Corps of Engineers,
Waterways Exp. Sta., Wetlands Resear. Prog. Bull. 3:7-9.
Brown, C. A. 1959. Vegetation of the outer banks of North
Carolina. Louisiana State Univ. Press, Baton Rouge. 179
pp.
Browning, J. and K. D. Gordon-Gray. 1992. Studies in Cyperaceae
in southern Africa. 19: The genus Bolboschoenus. South
African Journal of Botany 58:380-385.
Browning, J. and K. D. Gordon-Gray. 1993. Studies in Cyperaceae
in southern Africa. 21: The taxonomic significance of the
achene and its embryo in Bolboschoenus. South African
Journal of Botany 59:311-318.
Brumsted, H. B., and O. H. Hewitt. 1952. Early investigation on
artificial marsh development in New York. Trans. N. Am.
Wildl. Conf. 17:259-268.
Buchlovska, J. 1964. Comparison of zooplankton and
phytoplankton production in stands of submerged vegetation
and in open water in the pond radov. Thesis, Faculty of
Science, Charles Univ., Prague. 58 pp. (in Czech). (Not
seen, cited in Korinek, V., J. Fott, J. Fuksa, J. Lellak,
and M. Prazakova. 1987. Carp ponds in central Europe. pp
29-62 in (R.G. Michael ed.). Managed aquatic ecosystems.
Ecosystems of the world 29. Elsevier, New York.
Buckingham, G. R. 1982. Investigations of Parapoynx spp. for
biocontrol basis 116-119 in (See Vesterdahl 1982).
Bue, I. G. 1956. The ecology of waterfowl populations on stock
ponds in wstern South Dakota. Ph.D. Thesis. Univ. of
Minnesota, Minneapolis. 127 pp.
Buglewicz, E. G., and G. L. Hergenrader. 1977. The impact of
artifical reduction of light on a eutrophic farm pond.
Trans. Nebraska Acad. Sci. 4:23-33.
Bumby, M. J. 1977. Changes in submerged macrophytes in Green
Lake, Wisconsin form 1921 to 1971. Wisc. Acad Sci. Arts
Lett. 65:120-151.
Burg, M. E., D. R. Tripp, and E. S. Rosenberg. 1980. Plant
associations and primary productivity of the Nisqually salt
marsh on southern Puget Sound, Washington. Northwest Sci.
54:222-236.
Burgess, T. E. 1970. Food and habitat of four anatinids
wintering on the Fraser River Delta tidal marshes. M. S.
Thesis, University of British Columbia, Vancouver. 124 pp.
Butcher, R. W. 1933. Studies on the ecology of rivers. I On
the distribution of macrophytic vegetation in the rivers of
Britian. J. Ecol. 21:58-91.
Butler, J. L. 1964. Interaction of effects by environmental
factors on primary productivity in ponds and
microecosystems. Ph.D. Thesis, Oklahoma State Univ.,
Stillwater. 89 pp.
Butler, M. G., and M. A. Hanson. 1986. Annual report to
U.S.Fish and Wildlife Service, Northern Prairie Wildlife
Research Center. Additional findings from invertebrates of
turbidity and aquatic macrophytes in Lake Christina,
Minnesota. 19 pp.
Butler, M. G., and M. A. Hanson. 1988. Final summary of
pre-treatment limnological studies on Lake Christina. Zool.
Dept., NDSU, Fargo. 30 pp.
Byren, B. A., and B. R. Davies. 1986. The influence of
invertebrates on the breakdown of Potamogeton pectinatus L.
in a coastal marina (Zandvlei, South Africa). Hydrobiologia
137:141-151.
Cahn, A. R. 1929. The effect of carp on a small lake: The carp
as a dominant. Ecol. 10:271-274.
Cahoon, D. R. 1975. Net productivity of emergent vegetation at
Horn Point salt marsh. M.S. Thesis. University of Maryland.
94 pp.
Callaway, J. C., and M. N. Josselyn. 1992. The introduction and
spread of smooth cordgrass (Spartina alterniflora) in south
San Francisco Bay. Estuaries 15:218-226.
Campbell, J. W. 1946. The food of the wigeon and brent goose.
Br. Birds, 39:194-200, 226-232.
Cao, N. D. 1974. Some aspects of the biology of Scirpus
maritimus. M.S. Thesis, University of the Phillipines, Los
Banos. 43 pp. (not seen, cited in Vergara et al. 1977).
Capehart, A. A., and C. T. Hackney. 1989. The potential role of
roots and rhizomes in structuring salt-marsh benthic
communities. Estuaries 12:119-122.
Carl, G. C. 1940. Some ecological conditions in a brackish
lagoon. Ecol. 21:65-74
Carpelan, L. H. 1957. Hydrobiology of the Alviso salt ponds.
Ecol. 38:375-390
Carpenter, S.R. and M.S. Adams. 1977. Environmental Impacts of
Mechanical Harvesting of Submersed Vascular Plants.
Institute for Environmental Studies. University of
Wisconsin. Report No. 77.
Carpenter, S. R. 1979. The invasion and decline of Myriophyllum
spicetum in a eutrophic Wisconsin Lake. pp 11-31 in (J. E.
Breck, R. T. Prentki, and O. L. Loucks, eds.) Aquatic
plants, lake management, and ecosystem consequences of lake
harvesting. Proc. Conf. Inst. Envirn. Studies, Univ.
Wisconsin, Madison. Feb. 14-16.
Carpenter, S. 1980. Estimating net shoot production by a
hierarchical cohort method of herbaceous plants subject to
high mortality. Am. Midl. Nat. 104:163-175.
Carr, W. E. S., and C. A. Adams. 1973. Food habits of juvenile
marine fishes occupying seagrass beds in the estuarine zone
near Crystal River, Florida. Trans. A. Fish. Soc.
102:511-540.
Carter, V., J. E. Paschal, Jr., and G. M. Haramis. 1980.
Submerged aquatic vegetation in the tidal Potomac. Pp.
1537-1557 in B. L. Edge ed., coastal zone 80: Proc. of the
second symposium on coastal and ocean management, Hollywood,
FL, November 17-20, 1980. Amer. Soc. of Civil Eng.,
Waterway Pot Coastal and Ocean Div.
Carter, V., J. E. Paschal, and N. Bartow. 1985a. Distribution &
abundance of submerged aquatic vegetation in the tidal
Potomac River and estuary, Maryland & Virginia, May 1978 to
Nov. 1981. A water quality study of the tidal Potomac River
and estuary. U.S. Geol. Surv. Water Supply Paper 2234-A,
Reston, Virginia. 46 pages.
Carter, V., N. B. Rybicki, R. T. Anderson, T. J. Trombley, and
G. L. Zynjuk. 1985b. Data on the distribution and
abundance of submersed aquatic vegetation in the tidal
Potomac River and transition zone of the Potomac estuary,
Maryland, Virginia and District of Columbia, 1983 & 1984.
U.S. Geol. Survey, open-file report 85-82, Reston, Virginia.
61 pp.
Carter, V., and N. Rybicki. 1986. Resurgence of submersed
aquatic macrophytes in the tidal Potomac River, Maryland,
Virginia, and the District of Columbia. Estuaries 9, No.
4B, 368-375.
Casper, S. J., and Krausch, H. D. 1980. Susswasserflora von
Mitteleuropa, Band 23. Potamogeton aceae, pp. 100-136. (not
seen, cited in van Wijk 1988a).
Cattaneo, A., and J. Kalff. 1980. The relative contribution of
aquatic macrophytes and their epiphytes to the production of
macrophyte beds. Limnol. Oceanogr. 25:280-289.
Chabreck, R. H. 1968. The relation of cattle and cattle grazing
to marsh wildlife and plants in Louisiana. Proc. Southeast.
Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 22:55-58.
Chabreck, R. H. 1972. Ponds and lakes of the Louisiana coastal
marshed and their value to fish and wildlife. Proc. Annu.
Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 25:206-215.
Chabreck, R. H. 1970. Marsh zones and vegetative types in the
Louisiana coastal marshes. Ph.D Thesis, Louisiana State
University, Baton Rouge. 112 pp.
Chabreck, R. H. 1960. Coastal marsh impoundment for ducks in
Louisiana, Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm.
14:24-29.
Chabreck, R.H. 1981. Effect of burn date on regrowth rate of
Scirpus olneyi and Spartina patens. Proceedings of the
Annual Conference of the Southeastern Association of Fish
and Wildlife Agencies.
Chabreck, R.H. 1959. A study of nutria exclosures in southwest
Louisiana. Final Report to Louisiana Wildlife and Fisheries
Commission. Baton Rouge, LA
Chabrck, R. H., and C. M. Hoffpauir. 1962. The use of weirs in
coastal marsh management in Louisiana. Proc. Annu. Conf.
S.E. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 16:103-112.
Chabreck, R. H., and A. W. Palmisano. 1973. The effects of
hurricane Camille on the marshes of the Mississippi River
delta. Ecology 54:1118-1123.
Chamberlain, E. B. Jr. 1948. Ecological factors influencing the
growth and management of certain waterfowl food plants on
Back Bay National Wildlife Refuge. Trans. N. Am. Wildl.
Conf. 13:347-355.
Chamberlain, E. B. Jr. 1960. Florida waterfowl populations,
habitats and management. Fla. Game Fresh Wat. Fish Comm.
Tech. Bull. 7. 62 pp.
Chamberlain, J. L. 1959. Gulf Coast marsh vegetation as food of
wintering waterfowl. J. Wildl. Manage. 23:97-102.
Chambers, P. A., and J. Kalff. 1985. Depth distribution and
biomass of submersed aquatic macrophyte communities in
relation to Secchi depth. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci.
42:701-709.
Chandler, G. A. 1969. Short term effects of various control
measures on undesirable vegetation in a salt and a fresh
marsh. M. S. Thesis, Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. 57
pp.
Chapman, D. C., Hubert, W. A., and Jackson, U. T. 1987.Phosphorus
retention by grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) fed sago
pondweed (Potamogeton pectinatus). Aquaculture, 65:221-225.
Chapman, V. J. 1960. Salt marshes and salt deserts of the
world. Interscience Publishers Inc., New York. 392 pp. (see
bulrush paper for newer ref.)
Chavan, A. R., and S. D. Sabnis. 1959. A study of hydrophytes
of Boroda and environs. J. Indian Bot. Soc. 40:121-130.
Chopra, R.N., S.L. Nayor, and I.C. Chopra. 1956. Glossary of
Indian medicinal plants. Council of Scientific and
Industrial Research, New Delhi. (not seen, cited in Powell
et al. 1987).
Christensen, D. C. 1938. The feeding value of certain duck
food plants of the Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge as
determined by chemical analysis. M.S. Thesis, Utah State
University, Logan. 23 pp.
Christensen, F. W., T. H. Hopper, and O. A. Stevens. 1947.
Feeding slough hay and oat straw. North Dakota Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull. 349.
Christensen, T., and K. Andersen. 1958. De storre vandplanter i
Fureso, Furesoundersogelser, 1950-1954. Folia Limnol.
Scand. 10:114-128.
Christian, R. R. 1981. Community metabolism of a saltmarsh
pothole. Bull. N.J. Acad. Sci. 26:34-40.
Christiansen, J. E., and J. B. Low. 1970. Water requirements of
waterfowl marshlands in northern Utah. Utah Div. of Fish
and Game Pub. 69-12. 180 pp.
Claassen, P. W. 1921. Typha insects: their ecological
relationships. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem.
47:459-531.
Clark, J. S. 1989. Ecological disturbance as a renewal process:
theory and application to fire history. Oikos 56:17-30.
Clayton, J. S., and D. J. Bagyaraj. 1984. Vestcular-arbuscular
mycorrhizas in submerged aquatic plants of New Zealand.
Aquatic Bot. 19:251-262.
Clevering, O. A. 1995. Germination and seedling emergence of
Scirpus lacustris L. and Scirpus maritimus L. with special
reference to the restoration of wetlands. Aquatic Botany
50:63-78.
Clevering, O. A., and W. H. Van der Putten. 1995. Effects of
detritus accumulations on the growth of Scirpus maritimus
under greenhouse conditions. Canadian Journal of Botany
73:852-861.
Coetzer, A. H. 1987. Succession in zooplankton and hydrophytes
of a seasonal water on the west coast of South Africa.
Hydrobiologia 148:193-210.
Cohen, Y., R. Moen, and M. Schecterly. l986. Interspecific
interactions between Potamogeton pectinatus and Myriophyllum
exalbescens in the face of grazing in a simulated ecosystem.
Freshwater wetlands and wildlife:perspectives on natural,
managed and degraded ecosystems. Ninth Symposium; 1986.
March 24-27; University of Georgia, Savannah River Ecology
Laboratory; 169 (Abst.).
Cole, G. A. 1963. The American southwest and middle America pp
393-434 in Limnology in North America. (D. G. Frey ed).
Univ. of Wisc. Press: Madison.
Collins, C. D., Sheldon, R. B., and Boylen, C. W. 1987.
Littoral zone macrophyte community structure: distribution
and association of species along physical gradients in Lake
George, New York, U.S.A. Aquat. Bot. 29:177-194.
Congdon, R. A. 1981. Zonation in the marsh vegetation of the
Blackwood River Estuary in south-western Australia.
Australian J. Ecol. 6:267-278.
Congdon, R. A., and A. J. McComb. 1979. Productivity of Ruppia:
seasonal changes and dependence on light in an Australian
estuary. Aquat. Bot. 6:121-132.
Congdon, R. A., and A. J. McComb. 1981. The vegetation of the
Blackwood River estuary, South-West Australia. J. Ecol.
69:1-16.
Congdon, R. A., and A. J. McComb. 1976. The nutrients and
plants of Lake Joondalup, a mildly europhic lake
experiencing large seasonal changes in volume. J. Royal
Soc. Western Australia. 59:14-23.
Congdon, R. A., and A. J. McComb. 1980. Nutrient pools of an
estuarine ecosystem-the Blackwood River estuary in
southwestern Australia. J. Ecol. 68:287-313.
Connelly, D. P. 1979. Propagation of selected native marsh
plants in the San Joaquin Valley. Calif. Dep. Fish and
Game; Wildl. Manage. Leaflet 15, Sacramento. 15 pp.
Connelly, D. P., and D. L. Chesemore. 1980. Food habitat of
pintails, Anas acuta, wintering on seasonally flooded
wetlands in the northern San Joaquin Valley, California.
Calif. Fish and Game 66:233-237.
Conover, J. T. 1958. Seasonal growth of benthic marine plants
as related to environmental factors in an esturay. Publ.
Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex. 5:97-147.
Conover, J. T. 1964. Environmental relationships of benthos in
salt ponds (plant relationships). Vol. 1 & 2. Techn. Rep.
3. Graduate School of Oceanography, University of Rhode
Island, Kingston, RI, USA. 80 pp.
Conover, J. T., and E. Gough. 1966. The importance of stem and
leaf vs. root assimilation in Ruppia maritima L. and Zostera
marina L. related to seasonal growth. Graduate School
Oceanogr., Univ. of Rhode Island Tech. Rep. 3. pp. 6-1 to
6-19.
Conover, R. J. 1961. A study of Charlestown and Green Hill
Ponds, Rhode Island. Ecol. 42:119-139.
Conover, J. T. 1964b. The ecology, seasonal periodicity, and
distribution of benthic plants in some Texas lagoons. Bot.
Mar. 7:4-41.
Constable, J. V. H., J. B. Grace, and D. J. Longstreth. 1992.
High carbon dioxide concentrations in aerenchyma of Typha
latifolia. Am. J. Bot. 79:415-418.
Conway, V. M. 1949. The bogs of central Minnesota. Ecol.
Monogr. 19:173-206.
Cooke, G. D. 1980b. Lake level drawdown as a macrophyte control
technique. Water Resour. Bull. 16:317-322.
Cooke, J. G., A. B. Cooper, and N. M. U. Clunie. 1990. Changes
in the water, soil, and vegetation of a wetland after a
decade of receiving a sewage effluent. N. Z. J. Ecol.
14:37-47.
Cooper, A. 1982. The effects of salinity and waterlogging on
the growth and cation uptake of salt marsh plants. New
Phytol. 90:263-275.
Coops, H., and H. Smit. 1991. Effects of various water depths
on Scirpus maritimus L.: Field and experimental
observations. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 24:2706-2710.
Copeland, B. J., K. R. Tenore, and D. B. Horton. 1974.
Oligohaline regime. Pp. 315-357 in H. T. Odum, B. J.
Copeland, and E. A. McMahan, eds. Coastal ecosystems of the
United States II. Conservation Foundation, Washington, DC.
521 pp.
Corbus, F. G. 1982. Aquatic Weed Control with Endothall in a
salt river project canal. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 20:1-3.
Cornelius, S. E. 1975. Food choice of wintering redhead ducks
(Aythya americana) and utilization of available resources in
Lower Laguna Madre, Texas. M.S. thesis, Texas A&M Univ.,
College Sta. 121 pp.
Correll, D. L., J. W. Pierce, and T. L. Wu. 1978a. Herbicides
and submerged plants in the Chesapeake Bay. Pp. 859-877 in
Coastal Zone 78, Vol. 2, Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., New York, N. Y.
Correll, D. L., J. W. Pierce, and T. L. Wu. 1978b. Studies on
the transport of atrazine and alachler from minimum till
corn fields into Chesapeake Bay tidal waters. Suppl. Proc.
N.E. Weed Sci. Soc. 32:21-32.
Correll, D. L., and T. W. Wu. 1982. Atrazine toxicity to
submersed vascular plants in simulated estuarine microcosms.
Aquatic Bot. 14:151-158.
Cottam, C. 1934. Eelgrass disappearence has serious effects on
waterfowl and industry. pp. 191-193 in U.S. Dept. Agric.
Yearbook.
Cottam, C. 1935. Blue and snow geese in eastern United States
in the winter of 1934-35--with notes on their food habits.
Auk 52:432-441.
Cottam, C. 1939. Food habits of North American diving ducks.
U.S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. 643. 140 pp.
Cottam, C., W. S. Bourn, F. C. Bishopp, L. L. Williams, Jr., and
W. Vogt. 1938. What's wrong with mosquito control? Trans.
N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 3:81-107.
Coull, B. C. 1986. Benthic meiofauna. pp. 239-253 in DeVoe, M.
R., and D. S. Baughman eds. 1986. South Carolina Coastal
Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization,
management, status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis.
Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant
Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Cowardin, L. M., V. Carter, F. C. Golet, and E. T. LaRoe. 1979.
Classification of wetlands and deepwater habitats of the
United States. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv. FWS/OBS-79/31. 103 pp.
Cowie, N. R., W. J. Sutherland, M. K. M. Ditlhogo, and R. James.
1992. The effects of conservation management of reed beds.
II. The flora and litter disappearance. J. Appl. Ecol.
29:277-284.
Cragg, B. A., J. C. Fry, Z. Bacchus, and S. S. Thurley. 1980.
The aquatic vegetation of Llangorse Lake, Wales. Aquatic
Bot. 8:187-196.
Craner, R. L. 1964. Production and waterfowl utilization of
sago pondweed Potamogeton pectinatus on the marshes of the
Bear River in northern Utah. M.S. Thesis. Utah State
University, Logan. 110 pp.
Crawford, B. T. 1942. Ecological succession in a series of
strip-mine lakes in central Missouri. M.A. Thesis. Univ.
of Missouri, Columbia. 134 pp.
Critcher, T. S. 1949. An investigation of the waterfowl
resources on Currituck Sound, North Carolina during the
1947-48 and 1948-49 hunting seasons. M. S. Thesis, N. C.
State College, Raleigh. 111 pp.
Crivelli, A. J. 1981. The biology of the common carp, Cyprinus
carpio L. in the Camargue, southern France. J. Fish Biol.
18:271-290.
Crivelli, A. J. 1983. The destruction of aquatic vegetation by
carp. Hydrobiol. 106:37-41.
Crocker, W. 1907. Germination of seeds of water plants. Bot.
Gaz. 44:375-380 (not seen).
Crocker, W. 1938. Life span of seeds. Bot. Rev. 4:235-272.
Cronan, J. M. Jr., and B. F. Halla. 1968. Fall and winter
foods of Rhode Island waterfowl. R. I. Dept. Nat. Resour.,
Div. Conserv. Wildl. Pamphl. 7. 40 pp.
Cronan, J. W. Jr. 1957. Food and feeding habits of the scaups
in Connecticut waters. Auk 74:459-469.
Cross, D. G. 1969. Aquatic weed control using grass carp. J.
Fish. Biol. 1:27-30.
Crow, J. H. 1977. Salt marshes of the Alaska Pacific Coast, pp.
103-110 in R. D. Andrews III, R. L. Carr, F. Gibson, B. Z.
Lang, R. A. Soltero, and K. C. Swedberg, eds. Proc. of the
Symposium on Terrestrial and Aquatic Studies of the
Northwest EWSC Press, Cheney, Washington. 39 pp.
Crowder, A. A., J. M. Bristow, M. R. King, and S. Vanderkloet.
1977. Distribution, seasonality and biomass of aquatic
macrophytes in Lake Opinicon (Eastern Ontario). Naturaliste
Can. 104:441-456.
Crum, G. H., and R. W. Bachmann. 1973. Submersed aquatic plants
of the Iowa Great Lakes region. Iowa State J. Res.
48:147-173.
Cruz, A. A. de la. 1974. Primary productivity of coastal marshes
in Mississippi. Gulf Research Reports 4:351-356.
Cruz, A. A. de la, and W. E. Poe. 1975. Amino acid content of
marsh plants. Estuar. Coast. Mar. Sci. 3:243-246.
Cruz, A. A. de la, and C. T. Hackney. 1978. The effects of
winter fire on the vegetational structure and primary
productivity of tidal marshes in the Mississippi Gulf Coast.
Pages 94-154 in L.R. Brown, A. A. de la Cruz, M. S. Ivester,
J. P. Stout, C. T. Hackney, and R. W. Landers. Evaluation
of the ecological role and techniques for management of
tidal marshes on the Mississippi and Alabama Gulf Coast.
Final Report, Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant Consortium.
Daborn, R. 1975. The argillotrophic lake system. Verh. int.
Ver. Limnol. 19:580-588.
Dahl, E., and E. Hadac. 1941. Strandgesellschaften der Insel
Ostoy in Oslofjord. Nyt Mag. Naturv. 82:251-312. (not seen,
cited in Chapman 1974).
Dahlbeck, N. 1945. Strandwiesen am Sdstlichen resund. Act.
Phytogeogr, Suec., 18.
Daiber, F. C. 1974. Salt marsh plants and future coastal salt
marshes in relation to animals. pp. 475-508 in: R. J.
Reimold and W. H. Queen, eds. Ecology of halophytes.
Academic Press, New York, New York. 605 pp.
Dandy, J. E., and G. Taylor. 1946. An account of Potamogeton x
suecicus richt. in Yorkshire and the Tweed. Trans. Proc.
Bot. Soc. Edinbu. 34:348-360.
Dane, C. W. 1959. Succession of aquatic plants in small
artificial marshes in New York State. New YOrk Fish and
Game J. 6:57-76.
Darnell, R. M. 1958. Food habits of fishes and larger
invertebrates of Lake Pontchartrain, Louisiana, an estuarine
community. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex. 5:353-416.
Daubenmire, R. F. 1959. Plants and environment: a textbook of
plant autecology. 2nd ed. John Wiley and Sons, Inc. New
York. 422 pp.
Davies, B. R. 1982. Studies on the zoobenthos of some southern
cape coastal lakes. Spatial and temporal changes in the
benthos of Swartvlei, South Africa, in relation to changes
in the submerged littoral macrophyte community. J. Limnol.
Soc. S. Afr. 8:33-45.
Davis, C. B., and A. B. ven der Valk. 1978. Litter
decomposition in prairie glacial marshes. pp. 99-133 in: (R.
E. Good, D. F. Whigham, and R. L. Simpson, eds.).
Freshwater wetlands. Acad. Press. New York. 378 pp.
Davis, C. B., and A. G. van der Valk. 1983. Uptake and release
of nutrients by living and decomposing Typha glauca Godr.
tissues at Eagle Lake, Iowa.
Davis, G. J., and D. F. Carey. 1981. Trends in submersed
macrophyte communities of the Currituck Sound 1977-79. J.
Aquat. Plant Management. 19:3-8.
Davis, G. J., and M. M. Brinson. 1980. Responses of submerged
vascular plant communities to environmental change. U.S.
Fish and Wildl. Serv. FWS/OBS - 79/33.
Davis, G. J., H. D. Bradshaw, and S. M. Harlan. 1985. Submersed
macrophytes in Jacks and Jacobs Creeks, September
1981-February 1983. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc.
101:125-129.
Davis, J. P., C. H. Thomas, and L. L. Glasgow. 1961. Foods
available to waterfowl in fallow ricefields of southwest
Louisiana, 1960-1961. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc.
Game and Fish Comm. 15:60-66
Davis, J. S. 1978. Biological communities of a nutrient
enriched Salina. Aquat. Bot. 4:23-42.
Davis, J. S., and P. B. Tomlinson. 1974. A new species of
Ruppia in high salinity in western Australia. J. Arnold
Arbor. Harv. Univ. 55:59-66.
Davis, S. M., and L. A. Harris. 1978. Marsh plant production
and phosphorus flux in Everglades Conservation Area 2. In:
Drew, M. A. (Ed.) Environmental Quality Through Wetlands
Utilization. Coordinating Council on the Kissimmee River
Valley and Tayler Creek-Nubbin Slough Basin, Tallahassee,
pp. 105-131.
Davison, V. E., and W. W. Neely. 1959. Managing farm fields,
wetlands, and waters for wild ducks in the south. U.S.
Dept. Agric. Farmer's Bull. 2144. 14 pp.
Davison, V. E., J. M. Lawrence, and L. V. Compton. 1962.
Waterweed control on farms and ranches. U.S. Dept. Agric.
Farmers Bull. 2181. 22 pp.
Dawson, F. H., and U. Kern-Hansen. 1979. Aquatic weed
management in natural streams: the effect of shade by the
marginal vegetation. Verh. Int. Verein. theor angew Limnol
20:1451-1456.
Day, J. H. 1952. The ecology of South African estuaries. Part
1. A review of estuarine conditions in general. Trans. Roy.
Soc. S. Afr. 33:53-89.
Dean, E. B. 1933. Effect of soil type and aeration upon root
systems of certain aquatic plants. Plant Physiol.
8:203-222.
Dean, J. V., and D. D. Biesboer. 1986. The uptake and
distribution of 15 N 2 into the various organs of Typha
Latifolia L. Aquatic Bot. 23:309-320.
Deevey, E. S. Jr. 1957. Limnological studies in Middle America
with a chapter on Aztec limnology. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts
Sci. 39:213-328.
De Jong, T. M., and B. G. Drake. 1981. Seasonal patterns of
plant and soil water potential on an irregularly flooded
tidal marsh. Aquatic Bot. 11:1-9.
De Szalay, F. A., and V. H. Resh. 1994. The effects of
vegetation management practices on wetland invertebrates and
plant communities in a California seasonal marsh. p. 44 in
Soc. Wetland Scientists 15th Annual Meeting. (abstr.).
den Hartog, C. 1981. Aquatic plant communities of poikilosaline
waters. Hydrobiol. 81:15-22.
den Hartog, C., and S. Segal. 1964. A new classification of
water- plant communities. Act. Bot. Neerl. 13:367-393.
Denniston, R. H. 1921. A survey of the larger aquatic plants in
Lake Mendota. Trans. Wisc. Acad. Sci. Arts and Lett.
20:495-500.
Denny, P. 1972. Lakes of south-western Uganda, I. Physical and
chemical studies of Lake Bunyonyi. Freshwater Biol.
2:143-158.
Denny, P. 1972. Zonation of aquatic macrophytes around Habukara
Island, Lake Bunyonyi, S.W. Uganda. 12, 249-257.
Denny, P. 1973. Lakes of south-western Uganda. II. Vegetation
studies on Lake Bunyonyi. Freshwater Biol. 3:123-135.
DeVlaming, V., and V. W. Proctor. 1968. Dispersal of aquatic
organisms: viability of seeds recovered from the droppings
of captive killdeer and mallard ducks. Am, J. Bot.
55:20-26.
Devlin, R. M., and S. J. Karczmarczyk. 1975. The influence of
norflurazon on chlorophyll content and growth of Potamogeton
pectinatus. Pro. Northeast Weed Sci. Soc. 29:118-123.
Devlin, R. M., and R. W. Yaklich. 1971. Mineral deficiency in
Potomogeton and its influence on naptalum uptake and
accumulation. Proc. NE Weed Sci. Soc. 25:79-82.
Devlin, R. M., R. W. Yaklich, and S. J. Karczmarczyk. 1972.
Influence of mineral deficiencies in Potamogeton pectinatus
and their influence on naptalam uptake and accumulation.
Proc. Northeast Weed Sci. Soc. 26:176-179.
DeVoe, M. R., D. S. Baughman, and J. M. Whetstone. 1986.
Integration and interpretation of CWIP results. pp. 583-601
in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986. South
Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological
characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II:
Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South
Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman, eds. 1986. South Carolina
Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization,
management, status, and use. Vol. III: Technical appendix.
Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-3. South Carolina Sea Grant
Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 138 pp.
Diaz, R. A., and E. G. Fernandez. 1989. Vegetatcion de
estuarios gallegos. Marisma de Baldaio (La Coruna).
Lazaroa 11:29-35.
Dietert, M. F., and J. P. Shontz. 1978. Germination ecology of
a Maryland population of saltmarsh bulrush (Scirpus
robustus). Estuaries 1:164-170.
Dijkema, K. S. (ed.), W. G. Beeftink, J. P. Doody, J. M. Gehu, B.
Heydemann, and S. R. Martinez. 1984. Salt marshes in
Europe. European Committee for the Conservation of Nature
and Natural Resources, Strasbourg. 178 pp.
Dineen, C. F. 1953. An ecological study of a Minnesota pond.
Am. Midl. Nat. 50:349-356.
Dirksen, S. 1982. The importance of pondweed for Bewicks swans
in the Lauwersmeer. Limosa. 55:30-31 (Dutch).
Dirschl, H. J., and R. T. Coupland. 1972. Vegetation patterns
and site relationships in the Saskatchewan River Delta.
Can. J. Bot. 50:647-675.
Disraeli, D. J., and R. W. Fonda. 1979. Gradient analysis of
the begetation in a brackish marsh in Bellingham Bay,
Washington. Can. J. Bot. 57:465-475.
Disrud, D. T. 1968. Wetland vegetation of the Turtle Mountains
of North Dakota. Ph.D. Thesis. ND State Univ., Fargo.
197 pp.
Ditlhogo, M. K. M., R. James, B. R. Laurence, and J. Sutherland.
The effects of conservation management of reed beds. I. The
invertebrates. J. Appl. Ecol. 29:265-276.
Dix, R. L., and F. E. Smeins. 1967. The prairie, meadow, and
marsh vegetation of Nelson County, North Dakota. Can. J.
Bot. 45:21-58.
Djebrouni, M., and A. Huon. 1988. Structure and biomass of a
Typha stand revealed by multidimensional analysis. Aquat.
Bot. 30:331-342.
Dobberteen, R. A., and N. H. Nickerson. 1991. Use of created
cattail (Typha) wetlands in mitigation staategies. Environ.
Mgmt. 15:797-808.
Dobrowolski, K. A. 1973. The role of birds in Polish wetland
ecosystems. Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol. 20:217-221.
Dobson, H. H. 1964. Observations of temperature and aquatic
plants in Lake Wabamun. Consultant's report to Calgary
Power Ltd. Calgary, Alberta. (not seen, cited by Haag and
Gorham 1977).
Dodd, J. D., and R. T. Coupland. 1966b. Vegetation of saline
areas in Saskatchewan. Ecology 47:958-968.
Dodd, J. D., and R. T. Coupland. 1966a. Osmotic pressures of
native plants of saline soil in Saskatchewan. Can. J. Plant
Sci. 46:479-485.
Dodd, J. D., D. A. Rennie, and R. T. Coupland. 1964. The nature
and distribution of salts in uncultivated saline soils in
Saskatchewan. Can. J. Soil Sci. 4:165-175.
Doherty, M. J., and G. H. La Roi. 1973. Some effects of
fluctuating water levels and other water factors on aquatic
and semi-aquatic vegetation in five water bodies of the
Peace-Athabasca Delta, Alberta. pp. 202-227. in Proc. of the
Sym. on the Lakes of Western Can., Nov. 16-17, 1972. Univ.
of Alberta, Wat. Resour. Cent., Edmonton.
Dokulil, M. 1973. Planktonic primary production within the
Phragmites community of Lake Neusiedlersee (Austria). Pol.
Arch. Hydrobiol. 20:175-180.
Donnelly, J. A. 1968. Marsh resources investigation:
experimental waterfowl food culture. North Carolina Wild.
Res. Comm., Pittman-Robertson Rep. W-6-R-27. 2 pp Mimeo.
Dow, D. D., and A. L. Frick. 1987. Impact of coastal wetland
loss and burning on net aboveground primary production at
Grand Bayou, LA. Bull. Ecol. Soc. Am. 68:294. abs.
Downing, J. A. 1975. Hydrophytes, plankton, and water chemistry
related to recreational development at Lake Metigoshe, North
Dakota. M. S. Thesis. North Dakota State Univ., Fargo.
Dozier, H. L. 1951. The present status and future of nutria
in the southeastern states. Southeastern Assoc. Game and
Fish Comm., 5th Ann. Meeting. Mimeographed. 10 pp.
Drifmeyer, J. E., and J. C. Zieman. 1979. Germination
enhancement and inhibition of Distichlis spicata and Scirpus
robustus seeds from Virginia. Estuaries 2:16-21.
Droscoll, R. J. 1986. Changes in land management in the thurne
catchment area, Norfolk, between 1973 and 1983, and their
effects on the dyke flora and fauna. Pp. 87-92 in Proc. 7th
Int. Symp. Aquat. Weeds. European Weed Res. Soc. and Assoc.
Appl. Biol.
Dubrowolski, K. A. 1973. Role of birds in Polish wetland
ecosystems. Polskie Archiwum Hydrobiologii 20:217-221.
Dudley, W. R. l886. The Ceyuga flora. Bull. Cornell Univ.
(Sci.) 132 pp.
Duebbert, H. F. 1969. The ecology of Malheur Lake. U.S. Dep.
Int., Fish Wildl. Serv. Refuge Lflt. 412. 24 pp.
Duebbert, H. F., J. T. Lokemoen, and D.E. Sharp. 1983.
Concentrated nesting of mallards and gadwalls on Miller Lake
Island, North Dakota. J. Wildl. Manage. 47:729-740.
Dugle, J. R., and T. P. Copps. 1972. Pollen characteristics of
Manitoba cattails. Can. Field Nat. 86:33-40.
Duncan, P., and J. M. D'Herbes. 1982. The use of domestic
herbivores in the management of wetlands for waterbirds in
the Camargue, France. pp. 51-67 in D. A. Scott ed.
Technical meeting on western palearctic migratory bird
management. Managing wetlands and their birds. Int.
Waterfowl Resear. Bur., Slimbridge (GBR).
Dunst, R., and S. A. Nichols. 1979. Macrophyte control in a
lake management program. pp 411-418 in (see card of
Carpenter 1979).
Duthu, G. S., and R. H. Kilgen. 1975. Aquarium studies on the
selectivity of 16 aquatic plants as food by fingering
hybrids of the cross between Ctenopharyngodon idella and
Cyprinus carpic. J. Fish. Biol. 7:203-208.
Dutta, T. R., and J. N. Gupta. 1976. Some experiments on
aquatic weed control in fisheries, lakes and streams in
V. P. pp 249-252 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rozoska, eds.
Aquatic weeds in SE Asia. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague.
Dykyjova, D. 1971. Production, vertical structure and light
profiles in littoral stands of reed-bed species.
Hidrobiologia (Bucharest) 12:361-376.
Dykyjova, D. 1973. Specific differences in vertical structures
and radiation profiles in the helophyte stands. pp. 121-131
in Ecosystem study on wetland biome in Czechoslovakia.
Czechoslovakia IBP/Pt-PP. Report No. 3.
Dykyjova, D. 1978. Nutrient uptake by littoral communities of
helophytes. pp. 257-277 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond
littoral ecosystems. Structure and functioning. Springer-
Verlag, New York. 464 pp.
Dykyjova, D. 1978. Plant slueth and eshmeter of prediction. pp
159-163 in (see Hejhy and Husak 1978).
Dykyjova, D. 1979. Selective uptake of mineral ions and their
concentration factors in aquatic higher plants. Folia
Geobot. Phytotax. 14:267-325.
Dykyjova, D. 1986. Production ecology of Bulboschoenus
maritimus L. Palla (Scirpus maritimus L. s.l.). Folia
Geobot. Phytotax. 21:27-64.
Dykyjova, D., and J. Kvet. 1970. Comparison of biomass
production in reedswamp communities growing in South Bohemia
and South Moravia. pp. 71-79 in D. Dykyjova ed.
Productivity of terrestrial ecosystems and production
processes. Czechoslovak IBP/PT-PP Rep. No. 1. Praha.
Dykyjova, D., K. Veber, and K. Priban. 1971. Productivity and
root/shoot ratio of reed swamp species growing in outdoor
hydroponic cultures. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 6:233-254.
Dykyjova, D., P. J. Ondok, and D. Hradecka. 1972. Growth rate
and development of the root\shoot ratio in reed swamp
macrophytes grown in winter hydorponic cultures. Folia
Geobot. Phytotax. 7:259-268.
Dykyjova, D., and S. Pribl. 1975. Energy content in the biomass
of emergent macrophytes and their ecological efficiency.
Arch. Hydrobiol. 75:90-108.
Dykyjova, D., and B. Vlehlova. 1978. Structure and chemistry of
fishpond litterals. pp 141-152 in (see Hejhy and Husak
1978).
Ebbinge, B., K Canters, and R. Drent. 1975. Foraging routines
and estimated daily food intake in barnacle geese wintering
in the northern Netherlands. Wildfowl 26:5-19.
Edwards, D. 1969. Some effects of siltation upon aquatic
macrophyte vegetation in rivers. Hydrobiol. 34:29-37.
Edwards, R. R. C. 1978. Ecology of a coastal lagoon complex in
Mexico. Est. Coast. Mar. Sci. 6:75-92.
Edwards, R. W., and M. Owens. 1960. The effects of plants on
river conditions I. Chalk stream. J. Ecol. 48:151-160.
Eerden, M. B. van. 1984. Waterfowl movements in relation to
food stocks In R. H. Drent et al. eds. Coastal waders and
waterfowl in winter. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Ehrlich, S. 1957. On the importance of raising nutria in fish
ponds. Bamidgeh, 9:65-69.
Eilers, H. P. III. 1975. Plants, plant communities, net
production and tide levels: the ecological biography of the
Nehalem salt marshes, Tillamook County, Oregon. Ph.D.
Thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis. 368 pp.
Eisenlohr, W. S., Jr. (and others). 1972. Hydrologic
investigations of prairie potholes in North Dakota, 1959-
1968. U. S. Geological Survey Prof. Pap. 585-A.
Elakovich, S. D., and J. W. Wooten. 1987. Use of allelopthy for
aquatic plant management. Pp. 97-104 in Proc. 21st. Annu.
Mtg. Aquatic Plant Cont. Res. Prog., U.S. Army Eng.,
Wopanas Exp. Sta., Vicksburg, Miss.
Eleuterius, L. N. 1972. Submerged plant distribution in
Mississippi Sound and adjacent waters. J. Miss. Acad.
Sci. 17:9-14.
Eleuterius, L. N. 1987. Seagrass ecology along the coasts of
Alabama, Louisiana, and Mississippi. Fla. Mar. Res. Publ.
42:11-24.
Ellis, E. A. 1960. An annotated list of the fungi. Pp. 179-182
in J.A. Steers, ed. Scott Head Island. Heffer, Cambridge
(not seen, cited in Beeftink 1977).
Ellis, L. L. 1955. Preliminary notes on the correlation between
alkalinity and the distribution of some free floating and
submerged aquatic plants. Ecology 36:763-774.
Ellis, M. M. 1936. Erosion silt as a factor in aquatic
environments. Ecology 17:29-42.
Eminson, D. F., and B. Moss. 1980. The composition and ecology
of periphyton communities in freshwaters. I. The influence
of host type and external environment on community
composition. Br. Phycol. J. 15:429-446.
Engel, S. 1984. Restructuring littoral zones: a different
approach to an old problem. Proc. 3rd Ann. Conf. N. Am.
Lake Mgnt. Soc., 18-20 October 1983, Knoxville, TN. pp.
463-466.
Entz, B. A. G. 1976. Lake Nasser and Lake Nubia. Pp. 271-298
in J. Rzoska, ed. The Nile Biology of an acient river. W.
Junk, The Hague.
Epperson, W. E. 1972. Ecological factors affecting turbidity
and productivity of prairie ponds. PhD. Thesis. Oklahoma
State Univ. Norman. 76 pp.
Epstein, M. B., and R. L. Joyner. 1986. Use of managed and open
tidal marsh by waterbirds and alligators. pp. 529-579 in
DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman eds. 1986. South Carolina
Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization,
management, status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis.
Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant
Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Erickson, R. C. 1948. Life history and ecology of the
canvasback, Nyroca valisineria (Wilson) in southeastern
Oregon. Ph D. Thesis. Iowa State College, Ames. 324 pp.
Essig, E. O. 1948. The Ruppia balls of Little Borax Lake.
Scientific Monthly 66:467-471.
Euliss, N. H., Jr. 1989. Assessment of drainwater evaporation
ponds of waterfowl habitat in the San Joaquin Valley,
California. Ph.D thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis.
130 pp.
Euliss, N. H., Jr., and S. W. Harris. 1987. Feeding ecology of
northern pintails and green-winged teal wintering in
California. J. Wildl. Manage. 51:724-732.
Euliss, N. H., Jr. 1984. The feeding ecology of pintail and
green-winged teal wintering on Kern National Wildlife
Refuge. M.S. Thesis, Humboldt State University, Arcata, CA.
188 pp.
Evans, A. S., K. L. Webb, and P. A. Penhale. 1986.
Photosynthetic temperature acclimation in two coexisting
seagrasses, Zostera marina L. and Ruppia maritima L. Aquat.
Bot., 24:185-197.
Evans, C. D., A. S. Hawkins, and W. H. Marshall. 1952.
Movements of waterfowl broods in Manitoba. U.S. Fish and
Wildl. Serv. Spec. Sci. Rep. 16. 47 pp.
Evans, L. T. 1953. The ecology of halophytic vegetation at Lake
Ellesmere, New Zealand. J. Ecol. 41:106-122.
Everard, M., and P. Denny. 1985. Flux of lead in submerged
plants and its relevance to a freshwater system. Aquatic
Bot. 21:181-193.
Evermann, B. W. 1902. The feeding habits of the coot and other
water birds. Osprey I (n.s.) 57-64.
Ewing, K. 1983. Environmental controls in Pacific Northwest
intertidal marsh plant communities. Can. J. Bot. 61:1105-
1116.
Ewing, K. 1986. Plant growth and productivity along complex
gradients in a Pacific Northwest brackish intertidal marsh.
Estuaries 9:49-62.
Ewing, K., and K. A. Kershaw. 1986. Vegetation patterns in
James Bay coastal marshes. I. Environmental factors on the
south coast. Can. J. Bot. 64:217-226.
Falco, P. K., and F. J. Cali. 1977. Pregermination requirements
and establishment techniques for saltmarsh plants. U. S.
Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Exp. Stn. Misc. Pap. D-
77-1.
Farrey, R. A., and T. A. Bookhout. 1982. Vegetation changes in
a Lake Erie marsh (Winous Point, Ottawa County, Ohio) during
high water years. Ohio J. Sci. 82:103-107.
Fassett, N. C. 1940. A manual of aquatic plants. McGraw-Hill,
New York. 382 pp.
Fassett, N. C. l930. The plants of some N.E. Wisconsin lakes.
Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., Arts and Lett. 25:154-168.
Fassett, N. C., and B. M. Calhoun. 1952. Introgression between
Typha latifolia and T. augustifolia. Evolution 6:367-379.
Faulkner, S. P., and A. A. de la Cruz. 1982. Nutrient
mobilization following winter fires in an irregularly
flooded marsh. J. Env. Qual. 11:129-133.
Feldmann, G. 1959. Une ustilaginale marine, parasit du Ruppia
maritima L. Rev. gen. de Botanique 66:35-40.
Felger, R. S., M. B. Moser, and E. W. Moser. 1979. Seagrasses
in Seri Indian culture. Pp 260-276 in (R.C. Phillips and C.
P. McRoy eds.). Handbook of seagrass biology: an ecosystem
perspective. Garland STPM Press, New York. 353 pp.
Ferguson, Wood, E. J. 1959. Some east Australian sea-grass
communities. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 84:218-226.
Fernald, M. L. 1900. The representatives of Scirpus maritimus in
America. Rhodora 2:239-241.
Fernald, M. L., and K. M. Wiegand. 1914. The genus Ruppia in
eastern North America. Rhodora 16:119-128.
Fernald, M. L. 1950. Gray's manual of botany. Am. Book Co.,
New York. 1632 pp.
Ferrari, C., R. Gerdol, and F. Piccoli. 1985. The halophilous
vegetation of the Po Delta (northern Italy). Vegetatio
61:5-14.
Ferren, W. R. Jr. 1985. Carpinteria salt marsh. The Herberium,
Dept. Biol. Sci. University of California Santa Barbara
Publ. 4. 300 pp.
Ferren, W. R. Jr., and A. E. Schuyler. 1980. Intertidal
vascular plants of river systems near Philadelphia. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 132:86-120.
Fetter, C. W., W. E. Sloey, and F. L. Spanger. 1978.
Biogeochemical studies of a polluted Wisconsin marsh. J.
Water Poll. Control Fed. 50:290-307.
Fiala, K. 1978. Seasonal development of helophytepolycormones
and relationship between underground and aboveground organs.
pp. 174-181 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond
littoral ecosytems. Structure and functioning.
Springer-Verlag. N.Y. 464 pp.
Fiala, K., and J. Kvet. 1971. Dynamic balance between plant
species in South Moravian reedswamps pp. 241-269 in: E.
Duffey and A. S. Watt, eds. The Scientific management of
animal and plant communities for conservation. Blackwell,
Oxford. 652 pp.
Fiala, K., D. Dykyjova, J. Kvet, and J. Svoboda. 1968. Methods
of assessing rhizome and root production in reed-bed stands.
Pp 36-47 in Methods of productivity studies in root systems
and rhizosphere organisms. Int. Symp. IBP/USSR 28 Aug.-12
Sept., Leningrad.
Fiala, K. 1971. Comparison of seasonal changes in the growth of
underground organs of Typha latifolia L. and Typha
angustifolia L. Hidrobiologia (Buchar.) 12:235-240.
Filbin, G. J., and J. W. Barko. 1985. Growth and nutrition of
submerged macrophytes in a eutrophic Wisconsin impoundment.
J. Freshw. Ecol. 3:275-285.
Filice, F. P. 1954. An ecology survey of the Castro Creek area
in San Pablo Bay. Wasmann J. Biol. 12:1-24.
Finlayson, C. M., J. Roberts, A. J. Chick, and P. J. Sale. 1983.
The biology of Australian weeds: II. Typha domingensis and
Typha orientalis Presl. J. Austral. Inst. Agric. Sci.
49:3-10.
Fischer, A. 1907. Wasserstoff-und hydroxylionen als
keimungsreize. Ber. Deaut. Bot. Gesell. 15:108-122 (not
seen, cited in Isely 1944).
Fitzgerald, G. P. 1969. Some factors in the competition or
antagonism between bacteria, algae and aquatic plants. J.
Phycol., 5:351-359.
Flemer, D. A., D. R. Heinle, C. W. Keefe, D. H. Hamilton, and
M. Johnson. 1978. Standing crops of marsh vegetation of two
tributaries of Chesapeake Bay. Estuaries 1:157-163.
Fletcher, A. R., A. K. Morison, and D. J. Hume. 1985. Effects
of carp, Cyprinus carpio L., on communities of aquatic
vegetation and turbidity of waterbodies in the lower
Goulburn River Basin. Aust. J. Mar. Freshw. Res.
36:311-327.
Floreschutz, O., Jr., 1959. Mosquito production and wildlife
usage in natural, ditched, and unditched tidal marshes at
Assawoman Wildlife Area, Delaware. Proc. N. J. Mosq.
Exterm. Assoc. 46:103-111.
Flores-Verdugo, F. L., J. W. Day, Jr., L. Mee, and R.
Briseno-Duenas. 1988. Phyto[lankton production and
seasonal biomass variation of seagrass, Ruppia maritima L.,
in a tropical Mexican lagoon with an ephemeral Inter.
Estuaries 11:51-56.
Florschutz, O., Jr. 1959. Mosquito production and wildlife
usage in natural, ditched, and unditched tidal marshes at
Assawoman Wildlife Area, Delaware. Proc. N. J. Mosquito
Extermination Assoc. 46:103-111.
Florschutz, O., Jr. 1972. The importance of Eurasian milfoil
(Myriophyllum spicatum) as a waterfowl food. Proc. Annu.
Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game and Fish Comm. 26:189-194.
Flowers, M. G. 1973. Vegetation zonation in two successional
brackish marshes of the Chesapeake Bay. Chesapeake Sci.
14:197-200.
Flowers, M. G., and J. P. Shontz. 1974. Germination ecology of
Scirpus robustus Pursh. Amer. J. Bot. 61 (5, Suppl.):56.
Flowers, S. 1934. Vegetation of the Great Salt Lake region.
Bot. Gaz. 95:353-418.
Flowers, S., and F. R. Evans. 1966. The flora and fauna of the
Great Salt Lake region, Utah. pp. 367-393 in (H. Boyko ed.)
Salinity and aridity. W. Junk Publishers, Hague.
Foote, A. L. 1988. Effects of wave energy on plant establishment
in shallow lacustrine wetlands. pp. 115-119 in Restoration,
creation and management of wetland and riparian ecosystems
in the American west. Symp. Rocky Mtn Chapt., Soc. Wetland
Scientists, Denver, CO. 14-16 Nov.
Foote, A. L., J. A. Kadlec, and B. K. Campbell. 1988. Insect
herbivory on an inland brackish wetland. Wetlands 8:67-74.
Forbes, R. D. 1972. A floral description of the Fraser River
estuary and Boundary and Mud bays, B. C. Fish Wildl. Branch,
British Colombia Dep. Recreation Conserv. 94 pp. (not seen,
cited in Hoos and Packman 1974).
Forsberg, C. 1960. Subaquatic macrovegetation in Osbysjon,
Djursholm. Oikos 11:183-199.
Fowler, M. C. 1977. Laboratory trials of a new triazine
herbicide (DPX 3674) on various aquatic species of
macrophytes and algae. Weed Resear. 17:191-195.
Fowler, M. C., and T. O. Robson. 1978. The effects of food
preferences and stocking rates of grass carp
(Ctenopharyngodn idella Val.) on mixed plant communities.
Aquat. Bot. 5:261-276.
Frank, P. A,. and R. H. Hodgson. 1964. A technique for studying
absorption and translocation in submersed plants. Weeds
12:80-82.
Frank, P. A., R. H. Hodgson, and R. D. Comes. 1963. Evaluation
of herbicides applied to soil for control of aquatic weeds
in irrigation canals. Weeds 11:124-128.
Frank, P. A., N. E. Otto, and T. R. Bartley. 1961. Techniques
for evaluating aquatic weed herbicides. Weeds 9:515-521.
Fraser, D., and J. K. Morton. 1983. Aquatic plants in Lake
Superior Provincial Park in relation to water chemistry.
Can. Field-Nat. 97:181-186.
Fredrickson, L. H. 1980. An evaluation of the role of feeding
in waterfowl management in southern California. Final
report for Office of Migratory Bird Management, U.S. Dept.
Interior, Washington, D.C. 173 pp.
Frenkel, R. E., and T. R. Boss. 1988. Introduction,
establishment and spread of Spartina patens on Cox Island,
Siuslaw Estuary, Oregon. Wetlands 8:33-49.
Fuller, D.A., C.E. Sasser, W.B. Johnson, and J.G. Gosselink.
1985. The effects of herbivory on vegetation on islands in
Atchafalaya Bay, Louisiana. Wetlands 4: 105-114.
Fulton, G. W. 1979. Analysis of wetland vegetation on selected
areas in southwestern North Dakota. M.S. Thesis. ND State
Univ., Fargo.
Fulton, G. W., R. J. Bigler, W. T. Barker, and J. L. Richardson.
1979. Soil and plant relationships of selected wetlands on
the Missouri Coteau. N. D. Acad. Sci., Proc. 33:63.
(Abstr.).
Fulton, G. W., J. L. Richardson, and W. T. Barker. 1986.
Wetland soils and vegetation. North Dakota State
University, Agric. Exp. Stn. Rep. 106. 16 pp.
Fulton, G. W., W. T. Barker, and A. Bjugstad. 1983. Rooted
aquatic plant revegetation of strip mine impoundments in the
northern Great Plains. pp. 113-117 in M. D. Scott, ed.
Third biennial Plains Aquatic Research Conf. Inst. Nat.
Resour., Dept. Earth Sciences, Montana State University,
Bozeman, and Canadian Plains Research Center, University of
Regina, Regina, Saskatchewan.
Funaguma, T., Y. Hibino, S. Fukumori, and A. Hara. 1987.
Pyrophosphate and ATP-dependent phosphofructokinases in
pollen of Typha latifoloa. Agric. Biol. Chem. (Tokyo)
51,2601-10.
Furniss, O. C. 1938. The 1937 waterfowl season in the Prince
Albert District, central Saskatchewan. Wilson Bull.
50:17-27.
Futyma, R. P. 1985. Paleobotanical studies at Indiana Dunes
National Lakeshore. National Park Service, Porter, IN,
242 pp.
Gaevskaya, N. S. (1966; transl. 1969). The role of higher
aquatic plants in the nutrition of the animals of freshwater
basins. Nauka, Moscow. Nat. Lending Library for Science
and Technology, Boston, Spa, Yorkshire, England.
Galinato, M. I., and A. G. van der Valk. 1986. Seed germination
traits of annuals and emergents recruited during drawdowns
in the Delta Marsh, Manitoba, Canada. Auqatic Bot.
26:89-102.
Gallagher, J. L., F. G. Plumley, and P. L. Wolf. (yr?)
Underground biomass dynamics.... U. S. Corps of Eng. Dredged
Material Resear. Prog. Tech. Rep. D-77-28.
Gallop, D. N. 1978. Lakes of central Alberta with emphasis upon
Moose Lake. Verh. int. Ver. Limnol. 20:182-189.
Gangstad, E. O. 1986. Freshwater vegetation management. Thomas
Publ., Fresno, CA. 380 pp.
Garbisch, E. 1993. The use of pre-germinated seed in nursery
operations. Wetland J. 5 (2):21.
Garcia, L. V., T. Maranon, A. Moreno, and L. Clemente. 1993.
Above-ground biomass and species richness in a Mediterranean
salt marsh. J. Veg. Sci. 4:417-424.
Garlick, L. R. 1956. Method and material in carp control work
Malheur Federal Wildlife Refuge. Proc. Western Assoc.
State Game and Fish Commissioners. 36:110-112.
Garner, K. M. 1962. Nutritive values and digestibility of some
wetland wildlife foods in Louisiana. M.S. Thesis, Louisiana
State Univ., Baton Rouge. 90 pp.
Garver, E. G., Dubbe, D. R., and Pratt, D. C. 1988. Seasonal
patterns in accumulation and partitioning of biomass and
macronutrients in Typia spp. Aquat. Bot., 32:115-127.
Gates, J. M. 1957. Autumn food habits of the gadwall in
northern Utah. Utah Acad. Proc. 34:69-71.
Gearheart, R. A., B. A. Finney, S. Wilbur, J. Williams, and D.
Hull. 1984. The use of wetland treatment processes in
water reuse. pp. 617-638 in Future of water reuse. Vol. 2.
Proc. 3rd Water Reuse Symp., San Diego, CA. AWWA Research
Foundation, Denver, CO.
Geddes, M. C., P. DeDeckker, W. D. Williams, D. Morton, and
M. Topping. 1981. On the chemistry and biota of some
saline lakes in Western Australia. Hydrobiologia
81:201-222.
George, H. A. 1980. California marsh management studies. Job
Final Report. Proj. W-30-R-31. 14 pp.
George, H. A., and J. A. Young. 1977. Germination of alkali
bulrush seed. J. Wildl. Manage 41:790-793.
George, H. A., W. Anderson, and H. McKinnie. 1965. An
evaluation of the Suisun Marsh as a waterfowl area. Calif.
Dept. of Fish and Game-Administrative Report. 20 p. (not
seen, cited in Mall 1969)
George, H. A. 1963. Planting alkali bulrush for waterfowl food.
California Dept. Fish Game. Game Manage. LFIT. No 9. 9 pp.
Gerbeaux, P., and J. Ward. 1986. The disappearance of
macrophytes and its importance in the management of shallow
lakes in New Zealand. Pp. 119-124 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp.
Aquat. Weeds. European Weed Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Biol.
Gerloff, G. C., and P. H. Krombholz. 1966. Tissue analysis as a
measure of nutrient availability for the growth of
angiosperm aquatic plants. Limnol. Oceanogr. 11:529-537.
Getsinger, K. D., G. J. Davis, and M. M. Brinson. 1982. Changes
in Myriophyllum spicatum L. community following 2, 4-D
treatment. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 20:4-8.
Getsinger, K. D. 1988. Development of herbicide application
techniques for flowing water. Pp. 189-194 in Proc. 22nd
Annu. Mtg., Aguat. Plant Cont. Res. Prog. U.S. Army Eng.
Waterways Exp. Sta., Vicksburg, Miss.
Ghosh, A. K. 1971. Chemical control of Scirpus maritimus L. in
lowland rice. International Rice Research Institute
Seminar. May 8, 1971. (not seen, cited in Mercado et al.
1971).
Gibbs, G. W. 1973. Cycles of macrophytes and phytoplankton in
Pukepuke Lagoon following a severe drought. Proc. N.Z.
Ecol. Sci., 20:13-20.
Gidden, C. S. 1965. A study of the vegetation in the closed
area of Apalachee Bay, St. Marks Nat. Wildl. Refuge, St.
Marks, Florida. 8 pp.
Gillham, M. E. 1956. Feeding habits and seasonal movements of
mute swans on two South Devon estuaries. Bird Study 3:205-
212.
Gillham, M. E. 1957. Vegetation of the Exe Estuary in relation
to salinity. J. Ecol. 45:735-756.
Gillham, M. E. 1957. Coastal vegetation of Mull and Iona in
relation to salinity and soil reaction. J. Ecol. 45:757-
778.
Gillner, V. 1960. Vegetations - urd Standortsunter suchungen in
den Strandwiessen der Schwedischen Westkuste. Acta
Phytogeogr. Suec. 43:1-198. (not seen, cited in Beeftink,
1977 and Chapman, 1974).
Gilman, B. A. 1976. Wetland communities along the eastern
shoreline of Lake Ontario. MS Thesis, State Univ. of New
York, College Environ. Sci. Forestry, Syrecruse. 187 pp.
Gilmore, R. G. 1987. Fish, macrocrustacean, and avian
population dynamics and cohabitation in tidally influenced
impounded subtropical wetlands. Pp. 373-394 in (see
Mahoffy).
Gilmore, R. G., D. W. Cooke, and C. J. Donohoe. 1982. A
comparison of the fish populations and habitat in open and
closed salt marsh impoundments in eastcentral Florida.
Northeast Gulf Science 5:25-37.
Giltz, M. L., and W. C. Myser. 1954. A preliminary report on an
experiment to prevent cattail die-off. Ecol. 35:418.
Gladyshev, A. I., and S. Kogan. 1977. The dynamics of
macrophyte and phytoplankton biomass in a floodplain lake of
the Middle Amu-Dar'ya. Hydrobiol. J. 13:74-81.
Glasgow, L. L., and J. L. Bardwell. 1962. Pintail and teal
foods in South Louisiana. Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game
Fish Comm. 16:175-184.
Glazener, W. C. 1946. Food habits of wild geese on the Gulf
Coast of Texas. J. Wildl. Manage. 10:322-329.
Glazner, M. 1958. First report on the growth of nutria in fish
ponds and their influence on distruction of coarse
vegetation. Bamidgeh, 10:32-35.
Glooschenko, W. A. 1978. Above-ground biomass of vascular plants
in a subarctic James Bay salt marsh. Can. Field-Nat. 92:30-
37.
Glooschenko, W. A., and I. P. Martini. 1987. Vegetation of
river-influenced coastal marshes of the southwestern end of
James Bay, Ontario. Wetlands 7:71-84.
Godfrey, P. J., and M. M. Godfrey. 1974. The role of overwash
and inlet dynamics in the formation of salt marshes on North
Carolina barrier islands. Pp. 407-425 in R. J. Reimold and
W. H. Queen, eds. Ecology of halophytes. Acad. Press, New
York, NY. 605 pp.
Godshalk, G. L., and R. G. Wetzel. 1978. Decomposition in the
littoral zone of lakes. pp. 131-143 in: (R. E. Good, D. F.
Whigham, and R. L. Simpson, eds.) Freshwater wetlands.
Academic Press. New York. 378 pp.
Godshalk, G. L., J. W. Barko, and W. F. James. 1987. Effect of
submerged aquatic plants on their environment. pp 215-224 in
(See Bowers et al. 1987.)
Godshalk, G. L., and J. W. Barko. 1988. Effect of winter
drawdown on submersed aquatic plants in Eau Galle Reservoir,
Wisconsin. pp. 100-111 in Proc. 22nd Ann. Mtg., Aquat.
Plant Control Resear. Prog., U. S. Army Eng. Waterways Exp.
Sta., Vicksburg, Miss. 39180-0631.
Goetghebeur, P. and D. A. Simpson. 1991. Critical notes on
Actinoscirpus, Bolboschoenus, Isolepis, Phylloscirpus and
Amphiscirpus (Cyperaceae). Kew Bulletin 46:169-178.
Golubic, S. 1961. Der Vrana-See an der Insel Cres - ein
Chara-See. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 14:846-849.
Gonzalez Guttierrez, M. 1977. Observaciones sobre un
comportamiento atipico de Ruppia maritima L. en una laguna
costera tropical. Bol Soc. Bot. Mex., 37:53-68.
Good, R. E. 1965. Salt Marsh vegetation at Cape May, New
Jersey. Bull. N.J. Acad. Sci. 10:1-11.
Good, R. E., and N. F. Good. 1975. Vegetation and production of
the Woodbury Creek Hessian Run freshwater tidal marshes.
Bartonia 43:38-45.
Gopal, B., K. P. Sharma, and R. K. Trivedy. 1978. Studies on
ecology and production of Indian freshwater ecosystems at
primary producer level with emphasis on macrophytes. pp.
349-376 in J. S. Singh and B. Gopal, eds. Glimpses of
ecology. Intern. Sci. Publ., Jaipur.
Gopal, B., and M. Kulshreshtha. 1980. Role of aquatic
macrophytes as reservoirs of nutrients and in their
cyclying. Int. J. Ecol. Enviro. Sci. 6:145-152.
Gordon, D. H., B. T. Gray, R. D. Perry, M. B. Prevost, T. H.
Strange, and R. K. Williams. 1989. South Atlantic coastal
wetlands. pp. 57-92 in L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R.
M. Kaminski, eds. Habitat management for migrating and
wintering waterfowl in North America. Texas Tech. Univ.
Press, Lubbock. 560 pp.
Gordon, D .H., B. T. Gray, and R. M. Kaminski. 1987. A
preliminary analysis of habitat use by dabbling ducks
wintering in coastal wetlands of South Carolina. pp 13-25 in
W. R. Whitman and W.H. Meredith eds. Waterfowl and
wetlandssymposium: Proc. Symp. Waterfowl Wetlands Manage. in
coastal zone of the Atlantic Flyway. Delaware Coastal
Manage. Prog., Delaware Dept. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control,
Dover, Delaware. 522 pp.
Gordon, M. E. 1979. Effects of an Overwinter Drawdown and
Incomplete Refill on Autoroph Distribution and Water
Cemistry in a Permanent Recreational Pond. M.S. Thesis,
Kent State Univ. 172 pp.
Gore, J. F. 1965. Effects of small salt marsh impoundments upon
Ruppia and macroinvertebrates. M.S. Thesis, University of
Maine, Orono. 111 pp.
Gough, S. B., and W. J. Woelkerling. 1976. On the removal and
quantification of algal aufwichs from macrophyte hosts.
Hydrobiol. 48:203-207.
Goulder, R. 1969. Interaction between the rates of production
of a saltwater macrophyte and phytoplankton in a pond.
Oikos 20:300-309.
Goulder, R., and D. J. Boatman. 1971. Evidence that nitrogen
supply influences the distribution of a freshwater
macrophyte, Ceratophyllum demersum. J. Ecol. 59:783-791.
Grace, J.B. 1987. The impact of preemption on the zonation of two
Typha species along lakeshores. Ecological Monographs
57:283-303.
Grace, J. B. 1989. Effects of water depth on Typha latifolia
and Typha domingensis. Amer. J. Bot. 76:762-768.
Grace, J. B. 1988. The effects of nutrient additions on
mixtures of Typhya latifolia L. and Typha domingensis Pers.
along a water-depth gradient. Aquat. Bot. 31:83-92.
Grace, J. B. 1987. The impact of preemption on the zonation of
two typha species along lakeshores. Ecol. Monagr.
57:283-303.
Grace, J. B. 1985a. Juvenile vs. adult competitive abilities in
plants: size-dependence in cattails (Typha). Ecology
66:1630-38.
Grace, J. B. 1984. Effects of Tubificid worms on the
germination and establishment of Typha. Ecology
65:1689-1693.
Grace, J. B. 1983. Autotoxic inhibition of seed germination by
Typha latifolia: an evaluation. Oecologia 59:366-369.
Grace, J. B. 1982a. Niche differentiation between two
rhizomatous plant species: Typha latifolia and Typha
angustifolia. Can. J. Bot. 60:46-57.
Grace, J. B. 1982b. Variation in growth and reproduction within
populations of two rhizomatous plant species: Typha
latifolia and Typha angustifolia. Oecologia (Berlin)
53:258-63.
Grace, J. B., and R. G. Wetzel. 1981. Phenothypic and genotypic
components of growth and reprodution in Typha latifolia:
experimental studies in marshes of differing successional
maturity. Ecology.62:789-801.
Grace, J. B., and R. G. Wetzel. 1981a. Habitat partitioning and
competitive displacement in cattails (Typha): experimental
field studies. Am. Nat. 118:463-474.
Grace, J. B., and R. G. Wetzel. 1981a. Effects of size and
growth rate on vegetative reproduction in Typha. Oecologia
(Berlin) 50:158-61.
Grace, J. B., and J. S. Harrison. 1986. The biology of Canadian
weeds. 73. Typha latifolia L., Typha angustifolia L., and
Typha xglauca Godr.
Graves, A. H. 1908. The morphology of Ruppia maritima. Trans.
Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. 14:59-170.
Gray, B. T., D. H. Gordon, and R. M. Kaminski. 1987. Functional
attributes of coastal wetlands for waterfowl: perspectives
for research and management. pp. 205-222 in W. R. Whitman
and W. H. Meredith eds. Waterfowl and wetlands symposium:
Proc. Symp. Waterfowl Wetlands Manage. in coastal zone of
the Atlantic Flyway. Delaware Coastal Manage. Prog.,
Delaware Dep. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control, Dover, Delaware
522 pp.
Great Plains Flora Association. 1977. Atlas of the flora of the
Great Plains. Iowa State University Press, Ames. 600 pp.
Great Plains Flora Association. 1986. Flora of the Great Plains.
University Press of Kansas, Lawrence, KS. 1392 pp.
Greger, M., and L. Kautsky. 1991. Effects of Cu, Pb, and Zn on
two Potamogeton species grown under field conditions.
Vegetatio 97:173-184.
Grelsson, G., and C. Nilsson. Vegetation and seed-bank
relationships on a lakeshore. Freshwater Biol. 26:199-207.
Greze, I. I. 1953. Hydrobiology of the lower part of the River
Angara. Trudy vses. gidrobiol. Obshch. 5:203-211 (not
seen).
Greze, I. I. 1968. Feeding habits and food requirements of some
amphipods in the Black Sea. Mar. Biol. 1:316-321.
Grigsby, B. H., C. A. Reimer, and W. A. Cutler. 1955.
Observations on the control of cattail, Typhya spp., by
chemical sprays. Mich. Quart. Bull. 37:400-406.
Grillas, P., P. Garcia-Murillo, O. Geertz-Hansen, N. Marba, C.
Montes, C. M. Duarte, L. Tan Ham, and A. Grossmann. 1993.
Submerged macrophyte seed bank in a Mediterranean temporary
marsh: abundance and relationship with established
vegetation. Oecologia 94:1-6.
Grillas, P., and P. Duncan. 1986. On the distribution and
abundance of submerged macrophytes in temporary marshes in
the Camargue (S. France). Proc. EWRS/AAB Symp. Aquat. Weeds
7:133-141.
Grillas, P. 1988. Haemonia appendiculata Panzer (Chrysomelidae,
Donaciinae) and its impact on Potamogeton pectinatus L. and
Myriophyllum spicatum L. beds in the Camague (France).
Aquat. Bot. 31:347-353.
Grime, J. P. 1979. Plant strategies and vegetative processes.
J. Wiley and Sons. Chichester. 222 pp.
Grizzell, R. A. Jr., and W. W. Neely. 1962. Biological controls
for waterweeds. Trans N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 27:107-113.
Grontved, J. 1958. Underwater macrovegetation in shallow coastal
waters. J. Cons. Cons. Int. Explor. Mer, 24:32-42.
Gross, M. F., M. A. Hardisky, P. L. Wolf, and V. Klemas. 1993.
Relationships among Typha biomass, pore water methane, and
reflectance in a Delaware (U.S.A.) brackish marsh. J.
Coastal Resear. 9:339-355.
Grubb, P. J. 1977. The maintenance of species-richness in plant
communities: the importance of the regeneration niche.
Biol. Rev. 52:107-145.
Guenther, Stanley E. 1950. Nutria. Game Bull. (Washington
State), 2(1).
Guo, Y-H., and C. D. K. Cook. 1989. Pollination efficiency of
Potamoeton pectinatus L. Aquat. Bot. 34:381-384.
Gupta, R. K. 1968. Flora Nainitalensas. Mawagga traders publ.,
New Delhi. (not seen, cited by Purohit 1981).
Haag, R. W. 1983. Emergence of seedlings of aquatic macrophytes
from lake sediments. Can. J. Bot. 61:148-156.
Haag, R. W., and P. R. Gorham. 1977. Effects of thermal
effluent on standing crop and net productions of Elodea
canadensis and other submerged macrophytes in Lake Wabamun.
Alberta. J. Appl. Ecol. 14: 835-852.
Haag, R. W., and L. Noton. 1981a. Macrophyte and sediment
texture survey of Bufflao Lake. Report to Alberta
Environment, Planning Division, Edmonton. 36 pp.
___________, and L. Noton. 1981b. Macrophyte and sediment
texture survey of Pigeon Lake. Report to Alberta
Environment, Planning Division, Edmonton.
Hackney, C. T., and A. A. de la Cruz. 1982. The structure and
function of brackish marshes in the north central Gulf of
Mexico: A ten year case study. pp 89-107 in B. Gopal et
al. eds. Wetlands ecology and management. National
Institute of Ecology and International Scientific
Publications. 514 pp.
Haeck, J., O. van Tongeren, and E. van der Maarel. 1985.
Phytosociological amplitudes of some Dutch coastal species
and their ecological interpretation. Vegetatio 61:77-85.
Hagstrom, J. O. 1916. Critical researches on the potamogetons.
Kungl. Svenska Vet. Handl.
Hall, K.J., and I. Yesaki. 1988. Primary production, detritus
flux and nutrient cycling in two bulrush marshes. pp 41-49
in C. Rubec, ed. Proc. Symp. '87--Wetlands/Peatlands.
International Peat Society, Edmonton, Alberta.
Hall, T. F., W. T. Penfound, and A. D. Hess. 1946. Water level
relationships of plants in the Tennessee Valley wity
particular reference to malaria control. J. Tenn. Acad.
Sci. 21:18-59.
Haller, W. T., D. L. Sutton, and W. C. Barlowe. 1974. Effects
of salinity on growth of several aquatic macrophytes.
Ecology 55:891-894.
Hammer, U. T. 1978. The saline lakes of Saskatchewan. III.
Chemical characterization. Int. Rev. ges. Hydrobiol.
63:311-335.
Hammer, U. T. 1981. A comparative study of primary production
and related factors in four saline lakes in Victoria.
Australia. Int. Rev. Hydrobiol. 66:701-743.
Hammer, U. T., and J. M. Heseltine. 1988. Aquatic macrophytes
in saline lakes of the Canadian prairies. Hydrobiol.
158:101-116
Hammer, U. T., R. C. Haynes, J. M. Haseltine, and S. M. Swanson.
1975. The saline lakes of Saskatchewan. Verh. Internat.
Verein. Limnol. 19:589-598.
Hancock, H. M. 1953. Food habits of waterfowl migrating through
Payne County, Oklahoma. Okla. Agric. Mech. Coll. Resear.
Foundation Publ. 50. 36pp.
Handoo, J. K., and V. Kaul. 1982. Phytosociological and
standing crop studies in wetlands of Kashmir. pp. 187-195
in B. Gopal, R. E. Turner, R. G. Wetzel, and D. F. Whigham
eds. Wetlands ecology and management. Nat. Inst. Ecol. and
Internat. Sci. Publ. 514 pp.
Handoo, J. K., N. Saraf, and V. Kaul. 1988. Energy content and
ecological efficiency of macrophytes in Dal Lake, Kashmir.
Arch. Hydrobiol. 111:351-367.
Hanley, S. 1981. The effect of glyphosate on Scirpus maritimus.
pp. 199-200 in Conference on aquatic weeds and their
control. Assoc. of Applied Biologists, Christ Church,
Oxford, England.
Hannan, H. H., and T. C. Dorris. 1970. Succession of a
macrophyte community in a constant temperature river.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 15:442-453.
Hanseter, B. H. 1975. Recovery, productivity, and phosphorus
content of selected marsh plants after repeated cuttings.
M.S. Thesis. Univer. of Wisconsin, Oshkosh. 81 pp.
Harlin, M. M., B. Thorne-Miller. 1981. Nutrient enrichment of
seagrass beds in a Rhode Island coastal lagoon. Mar. Biol.
65:221-229.
Harman, W. N., and T. R. Doane. 1970. Changes in the aquatic
flora of Otsego Lake between 1935-1969. N. Y. Fish and Game
J. 17:121-123.
Harms, V. L., and G. F. Ledingham. 1986. The narrow-leaved
cattail, Typha angustifolia and the hybrid cattail, T. X
glauca, newly reported from Saskatchewan. Can. Field-Nat.
100:107-110.
Harper, R. M. 1918. Some dynamic studies of Long Island
vegetation. Plant World 21:38-46.
Harris, B. B., and J. K. G. Silvey. 1948. Limnological
investigations on Texas reservoir lakes. Ecol. Monogr.
10:111-143.
Harris, S. W. 1952. An ecological study of the waterfowl of the
potholes area, Grant County, Washington. M.S. Thesis, State
College of Washington, Pullman. 187 pp.
Harris, S. W., and W. H. Marshall. 1963. Ecology of water-level
manipulations on a northern marsh. Ecol. 44:331-344.
Harris, V. T., and F. Webert. 1962. Nutria feeding activity and
its affect on marsh vegetation in southwestern Louisiana.
U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Special Sci. Rep. Wildl. 64. 51 pp.
Harrison, A. D. 1962. Hydrobiological studies on alkaline and
acid still water in the Western Cape Province. Transactions
of the Royal Society of South Africa, 36, 213-243.
Harrison, J. W. 1949. Potamogetons in the Scottish Western
Isles, with some remarks on the general natural history of
the species. Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinburgh, 35:1-25.
Harrison, P. G. 1982. Seasonal and year-to-year variations in
mixed intertidal populations of Zostera japonica Aschers. &
Graebn. and Ruppia maritima L. s.l. Aquat. Bot.,
14:357-371.
Harshberger, J. W. 1911. A hydrometric investigation of the
influence of seawater on the distribution of salt marsh and
estuarine plants. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 50:457-496.
Hartman, D. 1971. Observations of the American manatee,
Trichechus manatus latirostris (Harlan), at Crystal River,
Citrus County. Ph.D. Thesis. Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N.Y.
Hartman, F. E. 1963. Estuarine wintering habitat for black
ducks. J. Wildl. Manage. 27:339-347.
Hartman, W. A., and D. B. Martin. 1985. Effects of four
agricultural pesticides on Daphnia pulex, Lemna minor, and
Potamogeton pectinatus. Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol.
35:646-651.
Harwood, J. E. 1975. Aerial multispectral sensing of aquatic
macrophytes in the Pamlico River Estuary, N.C. M.A. Thesis,
East Carolina University, Greenville, N.C. 75 pp.
Haslam, S. M. 1983. The management of British wetlands II.
Conservation. J. Environ. Manage. 1:345-361.
Haslam, S. M. 1987. River plants of western Europe. Cambridge
Univ. Press, Cambridge. 512 pp.
Haslam, S. M. 1986. Causes of changes in river vegetation
giving rise to complaints. Pp 151-156 in Proc. 7th Int.
Symp. Aquat Weeds. European Weed Resear. Soc. and Assn.
Appl. Biol.
Haslam, S. M. 1978. River plants: the macrophytic vegetation of
watercourses. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. 396
pp.
Haslam, S. M., C. A. Sinker, and P. A. Wolseley. 1975. British
water plants. Field Stud., 4:243-351.
Hasler, A. D., and E. Jones. 1949. Demonstration of the
antagonistic action of large aquatic plants on alage and
rotifers. Ecology 30:359-364.
Hayden, A. 1948a. The status of revegetation of drained lakes
in the Ruthven area in the second season of drainage. Iowa
State University Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit
Quarterly Report for the period of January-March, 1948: 4-7.
Hayden, A. 1948b. Notes on the repopulation of the aquatic
flora of the Ruthven area. Iowa State Univ. Coop. Wildl.
Res. Unit Quarterly Report for the period of July-September,
1948: 4-7.
Hayden, A. 1946. The distribution and ecology of plants in the
waterfowl breeding areas of Iowa. Iowa State Univ. Coop.
Wildl. Res. Unit Quarterly Report for the period of
July-September, 1946: 4-11.
Hayden, A. 1939. Notes on Typha angustifolia L. in Iowa. Iowa
State Coll. Jour. Sci. 13:341-351.
Heck, K. L. Jr., and R. J. Orth. 1980. Structural components of
eelgrass (Zostera marina) meadows in the lower Chesapeake
Bay - decapod crustacea. Estuaries 3:289-295.
Hegrash, A. K., and S. O. Matevienko. 1965. Algicidal
properties of aquatic and shore plants of the Kremenchug
Reservoir with respect to the blue-green algae Microcysis
pulverea and Anabaena hassalii. Mikrobiol. Zh. Akad. Nauk.
UKR RSR 27(2):39-42. (In Russian.) Cited from Biol. Abstr.
(1966) 47:3005 (No. 35596).
Heit, W. S. 1948. Texas coastal waterfowl concentration areas
and their 1947-48 wintering population. Trans. N. Am.
Wildl. Conf. 13:323-338.
Heitmeyer, M. E., D. P. Connelly, and R. L. Pederson. 1989. The
Central, Imperial, and Coachella valleys of California. pp.
475-505 in L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski,
eds. Habitat management for migrating and wintering
waterfowl in North America. Texas Tech. Univ. Press,
Lubbock. 560 pp.
Heitzman, B. 1978. Management of salt marsh impoundments for
waterfowl in North Carolina. North Carolina Wildl. Res.
Comm. 35 pp.
Hejny, S., and S. Husak. 1978. Higher plant communities. pp.
23-64 in (D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds.) Pond littoral
ecosystems. Springer-Verlag, New York. 464 pp.
Hejny, S. (ed.) 1973. Ecosystem study on wetland biome in
Czechoslovakia. Czechosl. IBP/PT-PP Rep. No. 3.
Hejny, S. 1978. Management aspects of fishpond drainage. pp.
399-403 in: (D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds.) Pond littoral
ecosystems. Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag.
New York. 464 pp.
Hejny, S. 1971. The dynamic characteristics of littoral
vegetation with respect to changes of water level.
Hydrobiologia Bucor. 12:71-86.
Hejny, S. 1960. Okologische charakteristik der Wasser und
Sumpfpflanzen in der Slowakischen Tiefebenen (Donau und
Theissgebiet). Bratislava.
Hellier, T. R. 1962. Fish production and biomass studies in
relation to photosynthesis in the Laguna Madre of Texas.
Publications of the Institue of Marine Sci., Univ. of Texas
8:1-22.
Hellings, S. E., and J. L. Gallagher. 1992. The effects of
salinity and flooding on Phragmites australis. J. Appl.
Ecol. 29:41-49.
Hellquist, C. B. 1980. Correlation of alkalinity and the
distribution of Potamogeton in New England. Rhodora
82:331-344.
Hellquist, C. B. 1975. Correlation of selected dissolved
substances and the distribution of Potamogeton in New
England. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of New Hampshire, Durham,
N. H. 269 pp.
Henry, C. J. 1939. Response of wildlife to management practices
on the Lower Souris Migratory Waterfowl Refuge. Trans. N.
Am. Wildl. Conf. 4:372-377.
Hertzman, T. 1986. Restoration of Lake Hornborga - results from
development of methods for wetland management. Proc.
EWRS/AAB 7th Symp. on Aquatic Weeds.
Hess, T.J. Jr. 1975. An evaluation of methods for managing stands
of Scirpus olneyi. M.S. Thesis. Louisiana State University,
Baton Rouge. 98 pp.
Hesser, E. F., R. W. Lowry, and E. O. Gangstad. 1972. Aquatic
plant problems in the Walla Walla District. Hyacinth
Control J. 11:9-13.
Hestand, R. S., and Carter, C. C. 1978. Comparative effects of
grass carp and selected herbicides on macrophyte and
phytoplankton communities. J. Aquat. Plant Manage.
16:43-54.
Hettiarachchi, P. L., and L. Triest. 1986. Isoenzyme
polmorphism of Potamegeton pectinatus L. Pp. 163-168 in
Proc. 7th Int. Symp. Aquat. Weeds. European Weed Ses. Soc.
and Assn. Appl. Biol.
Higginson, F. R. 1965. The distribution of submersed aquatic
onsiosperms in the Tuggerah Lake system. Proc. Linnean Soc.
New South Wales 90:328-334.
Higginson, F. R. 1967. The ecology of submerged aquatic
angiosperms in the Tuggerah Lakes System of New South Wales.
Ph.D. Thesis, Univ., New South Wales.
Hik, D.S. and R.L. Jefferies. 1990. Increases in the net above-
ground primary production of a salt-marsh forage grass: A
test of the herbivore-optimization model. Journal of Ecology
78: 180-195.
Hildebrand, S. F., and L. E. Cable. 1938. Further notes on the
development and life history of some teleosts at Beaufort,
N.C. Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish. 48 (1940):505-642.
Hiltibran, R. C. 1964. Ecological shifts in Illinois farm
ponds. Proc. 4th Ann. Aquatic Weed Control Soc. Meeting
7-13
Hill, B. H. 1979. Uptake and release of nutrients by aquatic
macrophytes. Aquatic Bot. 7:87-93.
Hill, B. J., J. Blaber, and R. E. Blott. 1975. The limology of
Lagoa Poelela. Trans. R. Soc. So. Africa 41:263-272.
Hindman, L. J., and V. D. Stotts. 1989. Chesapeake Bay and
North Carolina sounds. pp. 27-55 in L. M. Smith, R. L.
Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski, eds. Habitat management for
migrating and wintering waterfowl in North America. Texas
Tech. Univ. Press, Lubbock. 560 pp.
Hinneri, S. 1976. On the ecology and phenotypic plasticity of
vascular hydrophytes in a sulphate-rich, acidotrophic
freshwater reservoir, SW coast of Finland. Ann. Bot. Fenn.
13:97-10
Ho, Y. B. 1979. Inorganic mineral nutrient level studies on
Potamogeton pectinatus L. and Enteromorpha prolifera in
Forfar Loch, Scotland. Hydrobiologia 62:7-15.
Hoag, J. C., and M. E. Sellers. 1994. Use of greenhouse
propagated wetland plants versus live transplants to
vegetate constructed or created wetlands. p. 43 in Soc.
Wetland Scientists 15th Annual Meeting. (abstr).
Hobaugh, W. C. 1984. Habitat use by snow geese wintering in
southwest Texas. J. Wildl. Manage. 48:1085-1096.
Hobaugh, W. C. 1985. Body condition and nutrition of snow geese
wintering in southeastern Texas. J. Wildl. Manage. 49:1028-
1037.
Hochbaum, H. A. 1944. The canvasback on a prairie marsh. The
American Wildlife Institute, Washington, D.C. 201 pp.
Hocutt, G. E., and R. W. Dimmick. 1971. Summer food habits of
juvenile wood ducks in East Tennessee. J. Wildl. Manage.
35:286-292.
Hodgson, R. H. 1966. Growth and carbohydrate status of sago
pondweed. Weeds 14:263-268.
Hodgson, R. H., and N. E. Otto. 1963. Pondweed growth and
response to herbicides under controlled light and
temperature. Weeds 11:232-237.
Hoffman, L. 1958. An ecological sketch of the Camargue. Brit.
Birds 51:321-350.
Hoffpauer, C. M. 1961. Methods of measuring and determining the
effects of marsh fires. Proc. 15th Annu. Conf. SE Assoc.
Game Fish Comm.
Hoffpauer, C. M. 1968. Burning for coastal marsh management.
pp. 134-139 in J. D. Newsom, ed. Proc. Marsh and Estuary
Management Symposium. Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge.
Hogenbirk, J. C., and R. W. Wein. 1991. Fire and drought
experiments in northern wetlands: a climate change analogue.
Can. J. Bot. 69:1991-1997.
Hogetsu, K., Y. Okanishi, and H. Sugawara. 1960. Studies on the
antagonistic relationship between phytoplankton and rooted
aquatic plants. Japan J. Limnol. 21:124-130.
Hogeweg, P., and A. L. Brenkert. 1969. Affinities between
growth forms in aquatic vegetation. Trop. Ecol.
10:164-183.
Hogg, E. H., and R. W. Wein. 1987. Growth dynamics of floating
typha mats: seasonal translocation and internal deposition
of organic material. Oikos 50:197-205.
Holmes, N. T. H., and B. A. Whitton. 1977. Macrophyte
vegetation of the River Swale Yorkshire. Freshwater
Biology. 7:545-558.
Holmes, R. W. 1972. The chemistry and biology of an artificial
eutrophic salt pond. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc. 91:80-81.
Hooper, N. M., and G. G. C. Robinson. 1976. Primary prediction
of epiphytic alsae in a marsh pond. Can. J. Bot.
54:2810-2815.
Hooper-Reid, N. M., and G. G. C. Robinson. 1978a. Seasonal
dynamics of epiphytic algal growth in a marsh pond:
Productivity, standing crop, and community composition.
Can. J. Bot. 56:2434-2440.
Hooper-Reid, N. M., and G. G. C. Robinson. 1978b. Seasonal
dynamics of epiphytic algal growth in a marsh pond:
Composition, metabolism, and nutrient availability. Can. J.
Bot. 56:2441-2448.
Hoos, L. M., and G. A. Packman. 1974. The Fraser River estuary.
Status of environmental knowlege to 1974. Environment
Canada Spec. Estuary Ser. No. 1.
Hoos, L. M., and G. L. Vold. 1975. The Squamish River estuary.
Status of environmental knowlege to 1975. Environment
Canada Special Estuary Ser. No. 2.
Hootsmans, M. J. M. 1991. A growth analysis model for
Potamogeton pectinatus L. pp. 263-310 in M. J. M. Hootsmans
and J. E. Vermaat eds. Macrophytes, a key to understanding
changes caused by eutrophication in shallow freshwater
ecosystems. IHE Report Series 21, Delft, The Netherlands.
(see card for other articles in book).
Hopkinson, C.S., J. G. Gosselink, and R. T. Parrando. 1978.
Aboveground production of seven marsh plant species in
coastal Louisiana. Ecology 59:760-769.
Hothem, R. L., and H. M. Ohlendorf. 1989. Contaminants in foods
of aquatic birds at Kesterson Reservoir, California, 1985.
Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 18:773-786.
Howard-Williams, C. 1978. The growth and reproduction of
aquatic macrophytes in a south temperate saline lake. Verh.
Internat. Verein. Limnol. 20:1153-1158.
Howard-Williams, C., and B. R. Davies. 1979. The rates of dry
matter and nutrient loss from decomposing. Potamogeton
pectinatus in a brackish south-temperate coastal lake.
Freshwater Biol. 9:13-21.
Howard-Williams, C. 1981. Studies on the availability of a
Potamogeton pectinatus community to remove dissolved
nitrogen and phosphorus compounds from lake water. J. Appl.
Ecol. 18:619-637.
Howard-Williams, C., and B. R. Allanson. 1981. Phosphorus
cycling in a dense Potamogeton pectinatus L. bed. Oecologia
49:56-66.
Howard-Williams, C., and M. R. M. Liptrot. 1980. Submerged
macrophyte communities in a brackish South-African
estuarine-lake system. Aquat. Bot. 9:101-116.
Howard-Williams, C., B. R. Davies, and R. H. M. Cross. 1978.
The influence of periphyton on the surface structure of a
Potamogeton pectinatus L. leaf (an hypothesis). Aquat. Bot.
5:87-91.
Howell, P. T. 1984. Use of salt marshes by meadow voles.
Estuaries 7:165-170.
Huber, R. F. 1952. Autumn availability of some waterfowl food
plants in southern Michigan. M.S. Thesis. Univ. of
Michigan, Ann. Arbor. 59 pp.
Hudec, K. Density and breeding of birds in the reedswamps of
Southern Moravian ponds. Acta Sci. Nat. (Brno) 6, 1-41
(1975).
Huebert, D. B., and P. R. Gorham. 1983. Biphasic mineral
nutrition of the submerged aquatic macrophyte Potamogeton
pectinatus L. Aquat. Bot., 16:269-284.
Hughes, R. H. 1957. Response of cane to burning in North
Carolina coastal plain. N. C. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull. 402.
24 pp.
Hulbert, S. H., W. Loayza, and T. Moreno. 1986.
Fish-flamingo-plankton interactions in the Peruvian Andes.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 31:457-468.
Hulten, E. 1968. Flora of Alaska and neighboring territories.
Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, CA. 1008 pp.
Hulten, E. 1964. The circumpolar plants. I. Almqvist and
Wiksell, Stockholm. 275 pp.
Hulten, E. 1968. Flora of Alaska and neighboring territories.
Stanford University Press, Stanford, Calif. 1,008 pp.
Humm, H. J. 1956. Sea grasses of the northern Gulf Coast, Bull.
Mar. Sci. Gulf and Carib., 6:305-308.
Hunt, G. S. 1963. Wild celery in the lower Detroit River.
Ecol. 4:360-370.
Huntsman, A. G. 1922. The Quill Lakes of Saskatchewan and their
fishery possibilities. Biol. Board Canada, Contributors to
Canada Biology n.s.i: 127-141.
Hurther, H. U. 1979. Nahrungsokologie des Blasshuhns Fulica
atra an den Uberwinterungagewassern im nordlichen
Alpenvorland. Ornithol. Beob. 76:257-288.
Husak, S. 1973. Destructive control of stands of Phragmites
communis and Typha angustifolia and its effects on shoot
production followed for three seasons. pp. 89-91 in: (J.
Kvet ed.) Littoral of the Nesyt Fishponds. Ecological
Studies. Studdie CS AV 15, Academia. Praha,
Czechoslovakia. 172 pp.
Husak, S., and S. Hejny. 1978a. General characteristics of the
Trebon Basin and Lednice region. pp. 13-22 in D. Dykyjova
and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure
and functioning. Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp.
Husak, S., and S. Hejny. 1978b. Higher plant communities. pp.
23-64 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral
ecosystems. Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag.
New York. 464 pp.
Husak, S. 1978. Control of reed and reed mace stands by
cutting. pp 404-408 in (see Hejny and Husak 1978).
Husband, B. C. 1985. An autoecological study of Ruppia
occidentalis S. Wats. in three lakes of different
salinities. M.S. Thesis, University of Alberta, Edmonton.
112 p.
Husband, B. C., and M. Hickman. 1985. Growth and biomass
allocations of Ruppia occidentalis in three lakes differing
in salinity. Can. J. Bot. 63:2004-2014.
Husband, B. C., and M. Hickman. 1989. The frequency and local
abundance of Ruppia occidentalis in relation to sediment
texture and lake salinty. Can. J. Bot. 67:2444-2449.
Huston, M. 1979. A general hypothesis of species diversity. Am.
Nat. 113:81-101.
Hutchinson, G. E. 1957. A treatise on limnology. Vol. I.
Geography, physics, and chemistry. John Wiley and Sons, New
York. 1015 pp.
Hutchinson, G. E. 1975. A treatise on limnology. Vol. III:
Limnological botany. John Wiley and Sons, New York. 660 pp.
Hutchinson, G. E., Picford, G. E., and Schuurman, J. F. M. 1932.
A contribution to the hydrobiology of pans and other inland
waters of South Africa. Arch. Hydrobiol. 24:1-136.
Hutchinson, I. 1986. Primary production functions of wetlands in
the Pacific Northwest. pp. 73-91 in R. Strickland ed.
Wetland functions, rehabilitation, and creation in the
Pacific Northwest. Proceedings of a Conference, 30 April-2
May, 1986. Port Townsend, WA. Washington State Dept. of
Ecology, Olympia, WA. 183 pp.
Hutchinson, I. 1982. Vegetation-enviroment relations in a
brackish marsh, Lulu Island, Richmond, B.C. Can. J. Bot.
60(4):452-462.
Hutchinson, I. 1988. The biogeography of the coastal wetlands of
the Puget Trough: deltaic form, environment, and marsh
community structure. J. Biogr. 15:729-745.
Hutchinson, J. 1959. Families of flowering plants. Macmillan,
N.Y. 792 pp.
Hyer, R. R. 1963. A classification of intertidal habitats in
Maine. M.S. thesis, Univ. of Maine, Orono. 120 pp.
Hynes, H. B. N. 1970. The Ecology of Running Waters. Univ.
Toronto Press. 555 pp.
Illinois Department of Conservation. 1981. Aquatic weeds:
their identification and methods of control.
Fish. Bull. No. 4. 51 pp.
Irwin, W. H., and James H. Stevenson. l951. Physiochemical
nature of clay turbidity with special reference to
clarification and productivity of impounded water. Bull.
Okla. Agr. & Mech. Coll. Arts & Sci. Studies, Biol Ser.
No. 4, Vol. 48, No. 14.
Isely, D. 1944. A study of conditions that effect the
germination of Scirpus seeds. Cornell University Agr. Expt.
Sta. Mem. 257:1-27.
Iversen, J. 1929. Studien uber die pH-Verhaltnisse danischer
Gewasser und ihren Einfluss auf die Hydrophyten-Vegetation.
Bot. Tidskr. 40:277-326.
Jackson, H. O., and W. G. Starrett. 1959. Turbidity and
sedimentation at Lake Chautaqua, Illinois. J. Wildl.
Manage. 23:157-168.
Jackson, M. L. 1960. Soil chemical analysis. Prentice-Hall,
Engelwood Cliffs, New York. 498 pp.
Jackson, S. T. 1985. Plant macrofossil stratigraphy of Miller
Woods interdunal pond 51, Indiana Dunes National Lakeshore.
National Park Service, Porter, IN, 8 pp.
Jacobs, S. W. L., and M. A. Brock. 1982. A revision of the
genus Ruppia (Potamogetonaceae) in Autralia. Aquat. Bot.
14:325-337.
Jacobson, H. A., and G. L. Jacobson, R. 1989. Variability of
vegetation in tidal marshes of Maine, U. S. A. Can. J. Bot.
67:230-238.
Jagels, R., and A. Barnabas. 1989. Variation in leaf
ultrastructure of Ruppia maritima L. along a salinity
gradient. Aquat. Bot. 33:207-221.
Jagels, R. 1983. Further evidence for osmoregulation in
epidermal leaf cells in seagrasses. Am. J. Bot. 70:327-333.
Jahn, L. R., and J. B. Moyle. 1964. Plants on parade. Pages
293-304 in J. P. Linduska, ed. Waterfowl Tomorrow. U.S.
Dept. of the Int., Washington, D.C.
Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri. 1979. Photosynthetic,
photorespiratory and respiratory behavior of three submerged
aquatic angiosperms. Aquatic Bot. 7:13-19.
Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri. 1981. Glycolate metabolism of
three submersed aquatic angiosperms: effect of heavy metals.
Aquatic Bot. 11:67-77.
Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri. 1982a. Glycolate metabolism of
three submerged aquatic angiosperms during aging. Aquatic
Botany 12:345-354.
Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri. 1982b. Ethylene production and
senescence in submerged aquatic angiosperms. Aquatic Bot.
13:359-365.
Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri. 1986. Effects of antioxidants on
senescence and Hill activity in three submerged aquatic
plants. Aquat. Bot., 27:203-206.
Janauer, G. A. 1981. Eutrophication and the related zonation of
submerged macrophytee in the Fischa River (lower Austria)
Verh Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. 120:33-98 (In German & English
summaries).
Janiya, J. D., and K. Moody. 1984. Use of azolla to suppress
weeds in transplanted rice. Trop. Pest Manage. 30:1-6.
Jarvis, R. L., and J. H. Noyes. 1986. Foods of canvasbacks and
redheads in Nevada: paired males and ducklings. J. Wildl.
Manage. 50:199-203.
Jarvis, R. L., P. L. Sharp, and K. A. Dzinbol. 1985. Unpubl.
Rep. Aquatic vegetation, macroinvertebrates and their
relationship to feeding ecology of largemouth bass,
canvasback and redhead ducks at Ruby Lake, Nev. Dept. Fish
& Wildl., Ore. State Univ., Corvallis.
Jaworski, E., C. N. Raphael, P. J. Mansfield, and B. B.
Williamson. 1979. Impact of Great Lakes water level
fluctuations on coastal wetlands. Project No. B-045-Mich.
Inst. Water Research, Michigan State Univ., East Lansing.
351 pp.
Jaworski, E., and C. N. Raphael. 1976. Modification of coastal
wetlands in southeastern Michigan and management
alternatives. Mich. Academician 8:303-317.
Jefferies, R. L. 1977. Growth response of coastal halophytes to
inorganic nitrogen. J. Ecol. 65:847-865.
Jefferies, R. L., and N. Perkins. 1977. The effect on the
vegetation of the additions of inorganic nutrients to salt
marsh soils at Skiffey, Norfolk. J. Ecol. 65:867-882.
Jefferson, C. A. 1974. Plant communities and succession in
Oregon coastal salt marshes. Ph.D Thesis. Oregon State
University, Corvallis. 192 pp.
Jeffries, H. P. 1972. Fatty-acid ecology of a tidal marsh.
Limnology and Oceanography 17(3):433-440.
Jeglum, J. K. 1971. Plant indicators of pH and water level in
peatlands at Candle Lake, Saskatchewan. Can. J. Bot.
49:1661-1676.
Jemison, E. S. 1961. A waterfowl food study in Lakes "3" and
"14" on Rockefeller Refuge, Grand Chanier, Louisiana. M.S.
Thesis, LA State Univ., Baton Rouge. 35 pp.
Jemison, E. S., and R. H. Chabreck. 1962. The availabilty of
waterfowl foods in coastal marsh impoundments in Louisiana.
Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 27:288-300.
Jenkin, P. M. l936. Reports on the Percy Sladen Expedition to
some Rift Valley lakes in Kenya in l929-VII. Survey of the
ecological results with special reference to the alkaline
lakes. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 10, 18:133-181.
Jensen, A. 1985. The effect of cattle and sheep grazing on salt
marsh vegetation at Skallingen, Denmark. Vegetatio 60:37-
48.
Jensen, G. H. 1940. The relation of some physical and chemical
factors of the soil to the productivity and dist ribution of
certain waterfowl food plants at the Bear River Migratory
Waterfowl Refuge. M.S. Thesis, Utah State University,
Logan. 30 pp.
Jepsen, P. U. 1970. Vegetationsaendringer i Hjarbaek Fjord i
perioden 1967-1969. Flora og Fauna 76:99-108.
Jepson, W. L. 1905. Where ducks dine. Sunset Magazine.
February.
Jerling, L. 1983. Composition and viability of the seed bank
along a successional gradient on a Baltic sea shore meadow.
Holarctic Ecol. 6:150-156.
Jerling, L., and A. Lindhe. l977. Vegetationens zoning pa
mjukbottnar vid Asko, Trosa skargard. Zonation of
soft-bottom vegetation at Asko, C Sweden. Svensk
Bot.Tidskr. 70:303-307.
Jervis, R. A. 1969. Primary production in the freshwater marsh
ecosytem of Troy Meadows, New Jersey. Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club. 96:209-231.
Jessen, R. L., and J. H. Kuehn. 1960. When carp are eliminated.
(Minn.) Cons. Volunteer. 23(134):46-50.
Jessen, R., and R. Lound. 1962. An evaluation of a survey
technique for submerged aquatic plants. Game Invest. Rep.
6, Minnesota Dept. Cons., St. Paul, Minn. 10 pp.
Jewell, W. J. 1971. Aquatic weed decay: dissolved oxygen
utilization and nitrogen and phosphorus regeneration. J.
Wat. Pollut. Control Fed. 43:1457-1467.
Jimbo, T., M. Takamatsu, and H. Kuraishi. 1955. Notes on the
aquatic vegetation of Lake Towada. Ecol. Rev. 14:1-9.
Joanen, J. T. 1964. A study of the factors that influence the
establishment of natural and artificial stands of
wigeongrass, Ruppia maritima, on Rockefeller Refuge, Cameron
Perish, Louisiana. M.S. Thesis, Louisiana State Univ.,
Baton Rouge. 86 pp.
Joanen, T., and L. L. Glasgow. 1966. Factors influencing the
establishment of wigeongrass stands in Louisiana. Proc.
Southeastern Assoc. Game and Fish Commissioners 19:78-92.
Joenje, W. 1985. The significance of waterfowl grazing in the
primary vegetation succession on embanked sandflats.
Vegetatio 62: 399-406.
Johannessen, C. L. 1961a. Some recent changes in the Oregon
Coast: Shoreline and vegetation changes in estuaries. pp.
100-138 in R.S.K. Barnes and J. Green, eds. Some recent
physical changes of the Oregon coast. University of Oregon,
Dept. of Geogr. Rept. of Investigetions. (not seen, cited
in Jefferson, 1974).
Johannessen, C. L. 1961b. Shoreline and vegetation changes of
the estuaries. in S. N. Dicken, ed. Some recent physical
changes of the Oregon coast. Dept. of Geogr., University of
Oregon, Eugene. Final Rep. for Office of Naval Res. Proj.
NR 388-062. 151 pp.
Johnson, D. S., and H. H. York. 1915. The relation of plants to
tide levels. Carnegie Inst. of Washington Publ. 206.
162 pp.
Johnson, F., and H. M. Raup. 1947. Grassy Island. Pap. Peabody
Fdn. Archeol. 1:3-68.
Johnson, J. R., and K. T. Bird. 1995. The effects of the
herbicide atrazine on Ruppia maritima L. growing in
autotrophic versus heterotrophic cultures. Botanica Marina
38:307-312.
Johnson, M. 1970. Preliminary report on species composition,
chemical composition, biomass, and production of marsh
vegetation in the upper Patuxent Estuary, Maryland.
Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, Solomons, Md. Ref. No.
70-130.
Johnson, R. B., Jr. 1974. Ecological changes associated with
the industrialization of Cedar Bayou and Trinity BAy, Texas.
Texas Parks Wildl. Dep. Tech. Ser. No. 16. 79 pp.
Johnson, T. 1633. (very much enlarged edition of Gerards, J.
1597 herball or general historie of plants). Adams Filit
Joice Norton and R. Whitakers. London. (folio).
Johnson, W. C., T. L. Sharik, R. A. Mayes, and E. P. Smith.
1985. Nature and cause of zonation discreteness around
glacial prairie marshes. Can. J. Bot. 65:1622-1632.
Jones, C., and D. R. Cullimore. 1973. Influence of
macronutrients on the relative growth of water plants in the
Qu'Appelle Lakes. Environ. Pollut. 4:283-290.
Jones, J. C. 1940. Food habits of the American coot with notes
on distribution. U.S. Dep. Int. Bur. Biol. Surv. Wildl.
Resear. Bull. 2. 52 pp.
Jones, T. L. 1975. Species composition, distribution and
abundance of macrozooplankton in the intake and discharge
areas after construction and operation of the Cedar Bayou
Electric Power Station. M.S. Thesis. Texas A & M Univ.,
College Station. 217 pp.
Jones, W. L., and W. C. Lehman. 1987. Phragmites control and
revegetation following aerial applications of glyphosate in
Delaware. pp. 185-196 in W. R. Whitman and W. H. Meredith,
eds. Waterfowl and wetlands symposium: Proceedings of a
Symposium on Waterfowl Wetlands Management in Coastal Zone
of the Atlantic Flyway. Delaware Coastal Management
Program, Delaware Department of Natural Resources
Environmental Control, Dover.
Jordan, J. S., and F. C. Bellrose. 1951. Lead poisoning in wild
waterfowl. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. Biol. Notes No. 26.
Jordon, T. E., Whighan, D. F., and Correll, D. L. 1990. Effects
of nutrient and litter manipulations on the narrow-leaved
cattail, Typa angustifolia L. Aquat. Bot. 36:179-191.
Josselyn, M. 1983. The ecology of San Francisco Bay tidal
marshes: a community profile. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv.
FWS/OBS-83/23. 102 pp.
Juday, C., and E. A. Birge. 1933. The transparency, the color
and specific conductance of the lake waters of northeastern
Wisconsin. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. 28:205-259.
Junca, H. A., E. A. Epps, and L. L. Glasgow. 1962. A
quantitative study of the nutrient content of food removed
from the crops of wild mallards in Louisiana. Trans. N. Am.
Wildl. and Nat. Resour. Conf. 27:114-121.
Junk, W., Dr., Publishers, Dordrecht. 1986. The species
composition, occurrence and temporal stability of submerged
aquatic macrophyte patches along the main channel border of
Pool 5A, Upper Mississippi River. Printed in the
Netherlands. Hydrobiol. 136:77-84.
Jupp, B. P., and D. H. N. Spence. 1977b. Limitations of
macrophytes in a eutrophic lakes, Loch Leven. II. Wave
action, sediments and waterfowl grazing. Journal of Ecology
65:431-446.
Jupp, B. P., and D. H. N. Spence. 1977a. Limitations on
macrophytes in a eutrophic lake, Loch Leven. I. Effects of
phytoplankton. J. Ecol. 65:175-186.
Jupp, B. P., D. H. N. Spence, and R. H. Britton. l974. The
distribution and production of submersed macrophytes in Loch
Leven, Kinross. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. B, 74:195-208.
Kadlec, J. A. 1962. Effects of a drawdown on a waterfowl
impoundment. Ecology 43:267-281.
Kadlec, J. A. 1982. Mechanisms affecting salinity of Great Salt
Lake marshes. Am. Midl. Nat. 107:82-94.
Kadlec, J. A. 1986. Effects of flooding on dissolved and
suspended nutrients in small diked marshes. Can. J. Fish.
Aquat. Sci. 43:1999-2008.
Kadlec, J., and W. A. Wentz. 1974. State-of-the-art survey and
evaluation of marsh plant establishment techniques: induced
and natural. Vol. 1. Report of Research. U.S. Army Corps
of Engineers. Contract Rep. D-74-9. 231 pp.
Kadlec, J. A., and L. M. Smith. 1984. Marsh plant establishment
on newly flooded salt flats. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 12:388-394.
Kadlec, J. A., and L. M. Smith. 1989. The Great Basin marshes.
pp. 451-474 in L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M.
Kaminski, eds. Habitat management for migrating and
wintering waterfowl in North America. Texas Tech.
University Press, Lubbock. 560 pp.
Kadono, Y. 1982. Distribution and habitat of Japanese
potamogeton. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 95:63-76.
Kalkman, L., and R. J. VanWijk. 1984. On the variation in
chromosome number in Potamogeton pectinatus L. Aquatic Bot.
20:343-349.
Kaminski, R. H., and H. H. Prince. 1981. Dabbling duck and
aquatic macroinvertebrate responses to manipulated wetland
habitat. J. Wildl. Manage. 44:1-15.
Kaminski, R. M., H. R. Murkin, and C. E. Smith. 1985. Control
of cattail and bulrush by cutting and flooding. pp 253-262
in (H. Prince and F. M. D'Itri eds.). Coastal wetlands.
Lewis Publ., Chelsa, MI.
Kantrud, H. A. 1986. Effects of vegetation manipulation on
breeding waterfowl in prairie wetlands...a literature
review. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Fish and Wildl. Tech.
Rep. 3.
Kantrud, H. A. 1986. Western Stump Lake, a major canvasback
staging area in eastern North Dakota. Prairie Nat.
18:247-253.
Kantrud, H. A., G. L. Krapu, and G. A. Swanson. 1989. Prairie
basin wetlands of the Dakotas: A community profile. U.S.
Fish. Wildl. Serv. Biol. Rep. 85)7.28). 116 pp.
Kantrud, H. A., A. G. van der Valk, and J. B. Millar. 1988.
Vegetation of prairie wetlands. pp. 132-187 in (A. G. van
der Valk, ed.) Northern prairie wetlands. Iowa State
University Press, Ames. 400 pp.
Karagatzides, J. D., and I. Hutchinson. 1991. Intraspecific
comparisons of biomass dynamics in Scirpus americanus and
Scirpus maritimus on the Fraser River delta. J. Ecol.
79:459-476
Kartesz, J. T., and R. Kartesz. 1980. A synonymized checklist
of the vascular flora of the United States, Canada, and
Greenland. Vol. II. The biota of North America. Univ. of
North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill. 498 pp.
Katanskaya, V. M. 1986. Ash content of macrophytes in lakes of
western Siberia. Hydrobiol. J. 22:60-63.
Kaul, R. B. 1992. Distribution, habitats, and taxonomy of Ruppia
maritima L. and R. occidentalis S. Watson in Nebraska.
Trans. Nebraska Acad. Sci. 19:67-74.
Kaul, R. B. 1993. Meristic and organogenetic variation in Ruppia
occidentalis and R. maritima. Int. J. Plant Sci. 154:416-
424.
Kaul, V., and D. P. Zutshi. 1967. A study of aquatic and
marshland vegetation of Srinagar. Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci.
India. 33:111-127.
Kaul, V. 1977. Limnological survey of Kashmir lakes. Int J.
Ecol. Environ. Sci. 3: 29-44.
Kaul, V., C. L. Trisal, and J. K. Handoo. 1978. Distribution
and production of macrophytes in some water bodies of
Kashmir. pp. 313-334 in J. S. Sirgh and B. Gopal, eds.
Glimpes of Ecology. International Scientific Publications,
Jaipur, India.
Kaumeyer, K., W. R. Boynton, L. Lubbers, K. Staver, S. Bunker,
W. M. Kemp, and J. C. Means. 1981. Metabolism and biomass
of submerged macrophyte communities in Northern Chesapeake
Bay. Pp. 353-400 in (W. M. Kemp, J. C. Stevenson, W. R.
Boynton, J. C. Means, eds.) submerged aquatic vegetation in
Chesapeake Bay: Its ecological role in bay ecosystems and
factors leading to its decline. Horn Point Environ. Lab.,
Univ. of Maryland, Cambridge (not seen).
Kaushik, D. K. 1963. The influence of salinity on the growth
and reproduction of marsh plants. Ph.D. Diss. Utah State
Univ., Logan. 123 pp.
Kautsky, L. 1987. Life-cycles of three populations of
Potamogeton pectinatus L. at different degrees of wave
exposure in the Asko area, northern Baltic proper. Aquat.
Bot. 27:177-186.
Keddy, C. J. 1987. Reproduction of annual eelgrass: variation
among habitats and comparison with perennial eelgrass
(Zostera marina L.). Aquat. Bot. 27:243-256.
Keddy, P. A. 1984. Plant zonation on lakeshores in Nova Scotia:
a test of the resource specialization hypothesis. J. Ecol.
72:797-807.
Keddy, P. A. 1985. Wave disturbance on lakeshores and the
within-lake distribution of Ontario's Atlantic coastal plain
Flora. Can. J. Bot. 63:656-660.
Keefe, C. W. l972. Marsh production: A summary of the
literature. Contrib. in Mar. Sci. 16:163-181.
Keith, L. B. 1958. Some effects of increasing soil salinity on
plant communities. Can. J. Bot. 36:79-89.
Keith, L. B. 1961. A study of waterfowl ecology on small
impoundments in southeastern Alberta. Wildl. Monogr. 6.
Keith, L. B., and R. P. Stanislawski. 1960. Stomach contents
and weights of some flightless adult pintails. J. Wildl.
Manage. 24:95-96.
Kelley, B. J., and R. D. Porcher. 1986. Macrophyte
productivity. Chapter 7 in M. R. Devoe and D. S. Baughman
eds. South Carolina coastal wetland impoundments: Ecological
characterization, management, status and use. Vol. 2:
Technical synthesis. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium
Publ. SC-SG-TR-86-2. Charleston.
Kelly, L. M., and A. H. Ehlmann. 1980. Impact of encrusting
carbonates on manganese, zinc and copper concentrations of
two vascular hydophytes from Texas. Hydrobiologia
71:147-154.
Kemp, W. M., W. R. Boynton, J. C. Stevenson, and J. Means. Eds.
1981. submerged aquatic vegetation in Chesapeake Bay: Its
ecological role in bay ecosystems and factors leading to its
decline. Final Grant Report to U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Chesapeake Bay Program, Annapolis,MD.
Kennedy, K. A. 1982. Plant communities and their standing crops
on estuaries of the east coast of Vancouver Island. M. S.
Thesis, University of British Columbia. 412 pp.
Keough, J. R. 1986. The Mink River-a freshwater estuary.
Trans. Wisc. Acad. Sci., Arts Lett. 74:1-11.
Kerekes, J., and J. R. Nursall. 1966. Eutrophication and
Senescena in a group of prairie-parkland lakes in Alberta,
Canada. Verb. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 16:65-73.
Kerwin, J. A. 1971. Distribution of the fiddler crab (Uca minax)
in relation to marsh plants within a Virginia estuary.
Chesapeake Sci. 12:180-183.
Kerwin, J. A., R. E. Munro, and W. W. A. Peterson. 1976.
Distribution and abundance of aquatic vegetation in the
upper Chesapeake Bay, 1971-1974, P. 393-400 in J. Davis,
coord. The effects of tropical storm Agnes on the
Chesapeake Bay estuarine system. Chesapeake Research
Consortium Publ. No. 54, the Johns Hopkins Univ. Press,
Baltimore, Md. 639 pp.
Kerwin, J. A., and L. G. Webb. 1972. Fods of ducks wintering in
coastal South Carolina, 1965-1967. Proc. Annu. Conf. SE
Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 25:223-245.
Kerwin, J. A., and R. A. Pedigo. 1971. Synecology of a Virginia
salt marsh. Chesapeake Sci. 12:125-130.
Keskitalo, J., and Ilus, E. 1987. Aquatic macrophytes outside
the Olkiluoto nuclear power station, west coast of Finland.
- Ann. Bot. Fennici 24:1-21. Helsinki. ISSN 0003-3847.
Khattab, A. F., and Z. El-Charably. 1986. Management of aquatic
weeds in irrigation systems with special reference to the
problem in Egypth. Pp. 199-206 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp.
Aquatic. Weeds. Eurpoean Weed Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl.
Biol.
Kibby, H. V., J. L. Gallagher, and W. D. Sanville. 1980. Field
guide to evaluate net primary production of wetlands. EPA-
600/8-80-037. U.S. Environmental Research Laboratory,
Corvallis, OR. (not seen, cited in Hall and Yesaki 1988).
Kikuchi, E., T. Suzuki, S. Takeda, J. H. Kim, K. J. Cho, and Y.
Kurihara. 1989. Biological survey on the brackish tidal
flats of Sinoeri (Namyang) and the Nagdong river estuary,
Korea. Bull. Mar. Biol. Stn. Asamushi, Tohoku Univ. 18:109-
128.
Kim, C. S. 1971. An ecological study on the process of plant
community formation in tidal land. Korean J. Bot. 14:27-33.
Kim, K. U., and S. K. De Datta. 1974. An approach to eradicate
Scirpus maritimus in flooded rice. Phillipine Weed Sci.
Bull. 1:51-54.
Kimble, R. B. 1958. A food habit study of ducks in Cameron
Parish, Louisiana following the hurricane of June, 1957.
M.S. Thesis, Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. 70 pp.
Kimble, R. B., and A. Ensminger. 1959. Duck food habits in
southwestern Louisiana marshes following a hurricane. J.
Wildl. Manage. 23:453-455.
King, D. R. 1965. The effect of carp on aquatic vegetation at
the Erie Marsh, Monroe County, Michigan. M.S. Thesis, Univ.
of Michigan, Ann Arbor 126 pp.
King, D. R., and G. S. Hunt. 1967. Effect of carp on vegetation
in a Lake Erie marsh. J. Wildl. Manage. 31:181-188.
Kiorboe, T. 1980. Production of Ruppia cirrhosa in mixed beds
in Ringkobing Fjord (Denmark). Aquat. Bot. 9:135-143.
Kirby, R.E., S.J. Lewis, and T.N. Sexson. 1988. Fire in North
American Wetland Ecosystems and fire-wildlife relations: an
annotated bibliography. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
Biological Report 88(1),. 146 pp.
Klavestad, N. l957. An ecological study of the vegetation in
Hunnebunnen, an old oyster poll in south-eastern Norway.
Nytt Mag. Botanikk 5:63-100.
Klokov, V. M., and L. N. Zimbalevskaya. 1974. Productivity of
higher aquatic vegetation and total amount of phytophilous
invertebrates in Kiliyskaya Delta of the Danube. J.
Hydrobiol. 10:60-62.
Klopatek, J. M., and F. W. Stearns. 1978. Primary productivity
of emergent macrophytes in a Wisconsin freshwater marsh
ecosystem. Am. Midl. Nat. 100:320-332.
Kneib, R. T. 1984. Patterns of invertebrate distribution and
abundance in the intertidal salt marsh: Causes and
questions. Estuaries 7:392-412.
Knighton, M. D. 1982. Vegetation dynamics in wildlife water
impoundments of North central Minnesota. Ph.D. Diss.
Univ. Minn. 196 pp.
Knuth, P. 1899. Handbuch der blutenbiologie. II. Leipzig. (not
seen, cited in Leerveld et al. 1981).
Koch, E. W., and V. Seeliger. 1988. Germination ecology of two
Ruppia maritima L. populations in southern Brazil. Aquat.
Bot. 31:321-327.
Koch, E. W., and M. J. Durako. 1991. In vitro studies of the
submerged angiosperm Ruppia maritima: auxin and cytokinin
effects on plant growth and development. Mar. Biol. 110:1-
6.
Kohler, A., and G. H. Zeltner. 1981. Der Eirfluss von Be- und
Entlastung auf die vegetation von Fliessgewassern. Daten
und Dokuments zum Umweltschutz Sonderreihe Vmverttagung.
Univ. Hohenheim 31, 127-139. (not see, cited in Haslem
(1987)).
Kohler, A., Vollrath, H., Deisl, E. 1971. The distribution, the
phytosociological composition and the ecology of the
vascular macrophytes in the Moosach River system near
Munich. Arch. Hydrobiol. 69:333-365
Kohlmeyer, J. and E. Kohlmeyer. 1979. Marine mycology. The
higher fungi. Academic Press, New York.
Kollar, S. A., Jr. 1985. SAV reestablishment results - upper
Chesapeake Bay. Pp. 759-777 in Coastal Zone '85: Proc. 4th
Symp. on Coastal and Ocean Manage. Am. Soc. Civil Eng.
Kollman, A. L. 1974. Ecology of sago pondweed (Pontamogeton
pectinatus L.) communities. M.S. Thesis, Univ. North
Dakota, Grand Forks. 104 pp.
Kollman, A. L., and M. K. Wali. 1976. Intraseasonal variations
in environmental and productivity relations of Potamogeton
pectinatus communities. Arch. Hydrobiol. Suppl.
50:439-472.
Komarkova, J., and S. Pribil. 1973. Chemical and physical
properties of pelagial and littoral water in Opatovicky
fishpond. pp. 15-27 in S. Hejny, ed. Ecosystem study on
wetland biome in Czechoslovakia. Czechoslovakia IBP/PT-PP.
Report No. 3. Trebon.
Komarkova, J., and P. Marvan. 1978. Primary production and
functioning of algae in the fishpond littoral. pp. 321-334
in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral ecosystems.
Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag. New York. 464
pp.
Konis, E. 1947. On germination inhibitors. VI. The inhibiting
action of leaf saps on germination and growth. Pal. Jour.
Bot. Jerus. Ser. IV.
Korelyakova, I. L. 1971. Distribution and productivity of the
communities of Phragmites communis Trin. in Dnieper
reservoirs. Hidrobiologia (Bucharest) 12:149-154.
Korinkova, J. 1971. Quantitative relations between submerged
macrophytes and populations of invertebrates in a carp pond.
Hidrobiologia (Burchar.) 12:377-382.
Kornas, J., E. Pancer, and B. Brvzinski. 1960. Studies of
sea-bottom vegetation in the Bay of Gdansk off Rewa. Fragm.
Flor. Geobot. 6:1-91.
Korschgen, C. E., L. S. George, and W. L. Green. 1988. Feeding
ecology of canvasbacks staging on Pool 7 of the Upper
Mississippi River. Pp. 237-249 in M. W. Weller, ed.,
Waterfowl in winter. Univ. of Minn. press, Minneapolis.
624 pp.
Kortright, F. H. 1953. The ducks, geese and swans of North
America. Stackpole Co. and Wildlife Management Institute.
476 pp.
Kowalczewski, A. 1975. Periphtton primary production in the
zone of submerged vegetation of Mikolajskie Lake. Ekol.
Pol. 23:509-543.
Kowalczewski, A., and T. Ozimek. 1993. Further long-term
changes in the submerged macrophyte vegetation of the
eutrophic Lake Mikolajskie (North Poland). Aquatic Botany
46:341-345.
Koyama, T. 1958. Taxonomic study of the genus Scirpus Linne. J.
Fac. Sci. Univ. Tokyo. Section III Botany 7:271-366.
Koyama, T. 1962. The genus Scirpus Linn. Some North American
aphylloid species. Can. J. Bot. 40:913-937.
Krahulec, F., J. Leps, and O. Rauch. 1980. Vegetation of the
Rozkos Reservoir near Ceska Skalice (East Bohemia) I. The
vegetation development during the first five years after its
filling. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 15:321-362.
Krahulec, F., J. Leps, and O. Rauch. 1984. Vegetation of the
Rozkos Reservoir near Ceska Skalice II. The formation and
differentiation of communities of flooded soils (Agropyro-
umicion crispi). Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 19:227-255.
Krahulec, F., J. Leps, and O. Rauch. 1987. Vegetation
succession on a new lowland reservoir. Arch. Hydrobiol.
Beih. 27:83-93.
Kramer, G. W. 1976. Winter ecology of black brant at San Quintin
Bay, Baja California, Mexico. M. S. Thesis, Humboldt State
Univ., Arcata, Calif. 79 pp.
Kramer, G. W., and N. H. Euliss. 1986. Winter foods of black-
bellied whistling ducks in northwestern Mexico. J. Wildl.
Manage. 50:413-416.
Krapu, G. L., and H. F. Duebbert. 1974. A biological survey of
Kraft Slough. Prairie Nat. 6:33-55.
Krattinger, K. 1975. Genetic mobility in Typha. Aquat. Bot.,
1:57-70.
Krattinger, K. 1983. Estimation of size and number of
individual plants within populations of Typha latifolia L.
using isoelectro focusing (IEF). Aquat. Bot. 15:241-247.
Krausch, H. D. l976. Die Makrophyten der mittleren Saale und
ihre Biomasse. Limnologica (Berlin) 10:57-72.
Krecker, F. H. 1939. A comparative study of the animal
populations of certain submerged aquatic plants. Ecol.
20:553-562.
Krisch, H. 1985. Biomasseproduction und edaphische verhaltnesse
von Bolboschoenus maritimus-bestanden des Greifswalder
Boddens. Limnologica (Berlin) 16:277-295.
Krisch, H. 1986. Die jahreszeitliche ertwicklung zweier
Bolboschoenus-bestande am Greifswalder Bodden. Folia
Geobot. Phytotax. 21:263-276.
Kruger, L., and G. O. Kirst. 1991. Field studies on the ecology
of Bolboschoenus maritimus (L.) Palla (Scirpus maritimus L.
s.l.). Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 26:277-286.
Krull, J. N. 1970. Aquatic plant-macroinvertebrate associations
and waterfowl. J. Wildl. Manage. 34:707-717.
Krushi, B. O., and R. W. Wein. 1988. Experimental studies on
the resiliency of floating Typha mats in a freshwater marsh.
J. Ecol. 76:60.
Kubichek, W. F. 1933. Report on the foods of five of our most
important game ducks. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 8:107-126.
Kuflikowski, T. 1977. Macrophytes of the dam reservoir at
Goezalkowice. Acta. Hydrobiol. 19:145-155.
Kulberg, R. K. 1974. Distribution of aquatic macrophytes
related to paper mill effluents in a southern Michigan
stream. Am. Midl. Nat. 91:271-281.
Kulshreshtha, M., and B. Gopal. 1981. Observations on nutrient
removal by freshwater macrophytes under different habitat
conditions. Int. rev. ges. Hydrobiol.
Kulshreshtha, M., and B. Gopal. 1980. Primary production,
decomposition, and nutrient dynamics of some submerged
macrophytes. Int. Wetland Conf., New Delhi, India, 10-17
Sept. 1980. (Abstr.) (not seen, cited in Purohit (1981)).
Kunii, H. 1991. Aquatic macrophyte composition in relation to
environmental factors of irrigation ponds around Lake
Shinji, Shimane, Japan. Vegetatio 97:137-148.
Kurimo, U. 1970. Effect of pollution on the aquatic macroflora
of the Varkus area, Finnish Lake District. Ann Bot. Fenn.
7:213-254.
Kvet, J., and K. Hudec. 1971. Effects of grazing by grey-lag
geese on reedswamp plant communities. Hidrobiologia 12:351-
359.
Kvet, J., and J. P. Ondok. 1973. Zonation of higher-plant shoot
biomass in the littoral of the Opatovicky fishpond. pp. 87-
91 in S. Hejny ed. Ecosystem study on wetland biome in
Czechoslovakia. Czechosl. IBP/PT-PP Rep. No. 3.
Kvet, J., and S. Husak. 1978. Primary data on biomass and
production estimates in typical stands of fishpond littoral
plant communities. pp. 211-216 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet
eds. Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and functioning.
Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp.
Kvet, J. 1978. Growth analysis of fishpond littoral
communities. pp. 198-206 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds.
Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and functioning.
Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp.
Lachavanne, J. B. 1979. Les macrophytes du lac de Bienne.
Scheiz. Z. Hydrol. 41:356-373. (English Summary)
Laing, H. E. 1940. Respiration of the leaves of Nuphar advenum
and Typha latifolia. Am. J. Bot. 27:583-586.
Lamoureux, J. P., and R. Zarnovican. 1974. The vegetation in
Tintamarre Marsh. Can Wildl. Serv. Rep., Valley Field,
Quebec. 64 pp. (unpubl.) (not seen, cited in Whitman 1976).
Landers, J. L., A. S. Johnson, P. H. Morgan, and W. P. Baldwin.
1976. Duck foods in managed tidal impoundments in South
Carolina. J. Wildl. Manage. 40:721-728.
Langbein, W. B. 1961. Salinity and hydrology of closed lakes.
U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 412. 20 pp.
Langeland, K. 1981. Bulrush-Scirpus spp. Aquatics 3:4-15.
Lapirov, A. G., and L. V. Petukhova. 1985. The rhythm of
development of fennel-leaved pondweed in the Uglitch
reservoir. Biol. vnutr. vod., Inform. Bull. 66:10-13 (in
Russian) (not seen, cited by Prejs (1987)).
Larrick, W. D. Jr., and R. H. Chabreck. 1978. Effects of weirs
on aquatic vegetation along the Louisiana Coast. Proc. Ann.
Conf. SE Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 30:581-589.
Larson, G. E., and J. H. Martin. 1972. Distribution of the
members of the genus Ruppia in the state of Nebraska. Proc.
Nebr. Acad. Sci. 82:60.
Latham, P. J., L. G. Pearlstine, and W. M. Kitchens. 1994.
Species association changes across a gradient of freshwater,
oligohaline, and mesohaline tidal marshes along the lower
Savannah River. Wetlands 14:174-183.
Lathwell, D. J., H. F. Mulligan, and D. R. Bouldin. 1969.
Chemical properties, physical properties, and plant growth
in 20 artificial wildlife marshes. New York Fish and Game
Journal 16:158-183.
Laurie, E. M. O. 1946. The coypu (Myocastor coypus) in Great
Britian. J. Anim. Ecol. 15:22-34.
Lawrence, J. M. 1962. Aquatic herbicide data. U.S. Dept.
Agric. Agriculture Handbook 231. 133 pp.
Lay, D. W., and T. O'Neil. 1942. Muskrats on the Texas coast.
J. Wildl. Manage. 6:301-311.
Lebret, T. 1965. The prospects for wild geese in the
Netherlands. Annu. Rep. Wildfowl Trust 16:85-91.
Lee, C. R., T. C. Sturgis, and M. C. Landin. 1976. A hydroponic
study of heavy metal uptake by selected marsh plant species.
U. S. Army Engineer Waterways Exp. Sta., Tech. Rep. D-76-5.
Lenka, M., K. K. Panda, and B. B. Panda. 1992. Monitoring and
assessment of mercury pollution in the vicinity of a
chloralkali plant IV. Bioconcentration of mercury in in
situ aquatic and terrestrial plants at Ganjam, India. Arch.
Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 22:195-202.
Les, D. H., and D. J. Sheridan. 1990. Biochemical heterophylly
and flavoroid evolution in North American Potamogeton
(Potamogetonaceae). Am. J. Bot. 77:453-465.
Leslie, A. J., Nall, L. E., and Van Dyke, J. M. 1983. Effects
of vegetation control by grass carp on selected water
quality variables in four Florida lakes. Trans. Am. Fish.
Soc. 112:777-787.
Leah, R. T., B. Moss, and D. E. Forrest. l978. Experiments with
large enclosures in fertile, shallow brackish lake, Hickling
Broad, Norfolk, United Kingdom. Internationale Revue der
gesamten Hydrobiologic, 63, 291-310.
Lebret, T. 1965. The prospects for wild geese in the
Netherlands. Ann. Rept. Wildfowl Trust 16:85-91.
Leck, M. A., and K. J. Graveline. 1979. The seed bank of a
freshwater tidal marsh. Am. J. Bot. 66:1006-1015.
Leerveld, H. 1984. Anthecological relations between reputedly
anemophilous flowers and syrphid flies. VI. Aspects of the
anthecology of Cyperaceae and Sparganium erectum L. Acta
Bot. Neerl. 33:475-482.
Leerveld, H, A. D. J. Meeuse, and P. Stelleman. 1981.
Anthecological relations between reputedly anemophilous
flowers and syrphid flies. IV. A note on the anthecology of
Scirpus maritimus L. Acta. Bot. Neerl. 30:465-473.
Lein, T. E., J. Rueness, and O. Wiik. 1974. Algologiske
observationer i Iddefjorden og singlefjorden. Blyttia
32:155-168.
LeMay, M., and G. Mulamoottil. 1980. A limnologica survey of
eight waterfront marshes. Urban Ecology 5:55-67.
Levitt, J. 1980. Response of plants to environmental stresses.
Vol. 2. Water, radiation, salt and other stresses.
Academic Press, New York. (not seen, cited in Kruger and
Kirst 1991).
Lewis, R. R. III. 1990. Creation and restoration of coastal
plain wetlands in Florida. pp 73-123 in J.A. Kusler and M.
E. Kentula eds. Wetland creation and restoration. The
status of the science. Inland Press, Washington, D.C. 594
pp.
Lewis, W. N., and C. Peters. 1955. Physico-chemical
characteristics of ponds in the Pyatt, DeSoto, Elkville
strip mined areas of southern Illinois. Transactions of
American Fisheries Society 84:117-124.
Lieffers, V. J. 1981. Environment and ecology of Scirpus
maritimus var. paludosus in saline wetlands of the Canadian
prairies. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg.
167 pp.
Lieffers, V. J. 1983. Growth of Typha latifolia in boreal
forest habitats, as measured by double sampling. Aquat.
Bot. 15:335-348.
Lieffers, V. J. 1984. Emergent plant communities of oxbow lakes
in northeastern Alberta: Salinity, water level fluctuation,
and succession. Canadian Journal of Botany 62:310-316.
Lieffers, V. J., and J. M. Shay. 1982b. Distribution and
variation in growth of Scirpus maritimus var. paludosus on
the Canadian prairies. Canadian Journal of Botany
60:1938-1949.
Lieffers, V. J., and J. M. Shay. 1982a. Seasonal growth and
standing crop of Scirpus maritimus var. paludosus in
Saskatchewan. Canadian Journal of Botany. 60:117-125.
Lieffers, V. J., and J. M. Shay. 1983. Ephemeral saline lakes
on the Canadian prairies: Their classification and
management for emergent macrophyte growth. Hydrobiologia
105:85-94.
Lieffers, V. J., and J. M. Shay. 1981. The effects of water
levels on the growth and reproduction of Scirpus maritimus
var. paludosus. Can. J. Bot. 59:118-121.
Lind, C. T., and G. Cottam. 1969. The submerged aquatics of
University Bay: a study of eutrophication. Am. Midl. Nat.
81:353-369.
Lind, O. T. 1979. Handbook of common methods in limnology, 2nd
ed. The C.V. Mosby Co., St. Louis. 199 pp.
Linde, A. F. 1965. Experimental wetland habitat management:
Phase I- Observations concerning the 1962 and 1963 draw-down
effects on Horicon Marsh. Wisconsin Conserv. Dept. Wetland
Game and Range Job. No.III-B. 4 pp.(mimeo).
Linde, A. F. 1969. Techniques for wetland management.
Wisconsin Dept. Nat. Resear. Rpt. 45. 156 pp.
Linde, A., T. Janisch, and D. Smith. 1976. Cattail: the
significance of its growth, phenelogy and carbohydrate
storage to its control and management. Wisc. Dept. Nat.
Resour. Tech. Bull. No. 94. 27 pp.
Lindner, A. 1978. Soziologisch-okologische Untersuchungen an
der submersen Vegetation in der Boddenkette sudlich des
Darss und des Zingst (sudliche Ostsee). Limnologica
(Berlin) 11:229-305
Lindstrom, H. V., and W. M. Sandstrom. 1938. III. The nature of
carbohydrates of species of Elodea, Myriophyllum,
Ceratophyllum, Ruppia and Ranunculus. Nutritive value and
chemical composition of certain fresh-water plants of
Minnesota. Minnesota Agr. Expt. Station Tech. Bull.
136:43-47.
Linn, J. G., E. J. Staba, R. D. Goodrich, and J. C. Meiske.
1972. Composition and digestibility of aquatic plants. J.
Anim. Sci. 35:1114.
Linn, J. G., R. D. Goodrich, D. E. Otterby, J. C. Meiske, and E.
J. Staba. 1975. Nutritive value of dried or ensiled
aquatic plants. II. Disgestibility by sheep. J. Anim.
Sci. 41:610-615.
Linnaeus, C. 1937. Generum plantarum.. Conradum Wishoff,
Lugduni Batavorum [Leiden]. 380 pp.
Linnaeus, C. 1953. Species plantarum.. Laurentii Salvii,
Holmiae [Stockholm]. 2 vols. 1200 pp.
Linscombe, G., N. Kinler, and V. Wright. 1981. Nutrla population
density and vegetative changes in brackish marsh in coastal
Louisiana in Chapman, J.A. and A. Purseley (eds) Worldwide
Furbearer Conference Proceedings 1: 129-171.
Linthurst, R. A., and E. D. Seneca. 1980. Dieback of salt-water
cordgrass (Spartina alterniflora Loisel.) in the lower Cape
Fear Estuary of North Carolina: An experimental approach to
reestablishment. Environ. Cons. 7:59-66.
Lipkin, Y. 1977. Seagrass vegetation of Sinai and Israel. Pp
263-293 in (C. P. McRoy and C. Helfferich eds.). Seagrass
ecosystems: a scientific perspective. Marcel Dekker Inc.,
New York. 314 pp.
Liston, C. R., W. G. Duffy, D. E. Ashton, T. Batterson, and C. D.
McNebb. 1981. Supplementary environmental baseline studies
and evaluation of the St. Marys River during 1980. U.S.
Fish Wildl. Serv. FWS/OBS 80/62.1. 167 pp.
Lodge, D. M. 1991. Herbivory on freshwater macrophytes. Aquat.
Bot. 41:195-224.
Loesch, C. R., R. K. Williams, and D. H. Gordon. 1989. Dabbling
duck response to a late-winter variation in saltmarsh
bulrush management. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc.
Fish Wildl. Agencies 43:412-420.
Logan, T. H. 1975. Characteristics of small impoundments in
western Oklahoma, their value as waterfowl habitat and
potential for management. M.S. Thesis. Oklahoma State
Univ., Stillwater. 77 pp.
Lohammar G. 1938. Wasserchemie und hohere Vegetation
schwedischer Seen. Symb. Bot. Upsal 3:1-252.
Lohammar, G. 1965. The vegetation of Swedish lakes. Acta
Pytogeogr. Suec. 50:28-47.
Looman, J. 1981. The vegetation of Canadian Prairie Provinces.
III. Aquatic and semi-aquatic vegetation. Phytocoenologia
9:473-497.
Looman, J. 1981. The vegetation of Canadian Prairie Provinces.
III. Aquatic and semi-aquatic vegetation. Pt. 2: Freshwater
marshes and bogs. Phytocoenologia 10:401-423.
Loosjes, M. 1974. Over terreingebruick, verstoringen en voedsel
van grauwe ganzen (Anser anser) in een brak getijdengebied.
Limosa 47:121-143. (not seen, cited in Reed, 1989).
Looyen, R. C. 1984. Grazing pressure and vegetation dynamics at
the Oosterkwelder salt marsh on Schiermonnikoog. Acta Bot.
Neerl. 33:360-361.
Love, A., and D. Love. 1954. Vegetation of a prairie marsh.
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 81:16-34.
Low, J. B., and F. C. Bellrose Jr. 1944. The seed and
vegetative yield of waterfowl food plants in the Illinois
River Valley. J. Wildl. Manage. 8:7-22.
Lubchenco, J. 1978. Plant species diversity in a marine
intertidal community: importance of herbivore food
preference and algal competitive abilities. American
Naturalist 112:23-39.
Lukatelich, R. J., N. J. Schofield, and A. J. McComb. 1987.
Nutrient loading and macrophyte growth in Wilson Inlet, a
bar-built southwestern Australian estuary. Estuarine
Coastal and Shelf Science 24:141-165.
Lumsden, R. D., D. E. Ellis, and J. L. Sincock. 1963. A survey
of fungi associated with lesioned and chlorotic sago
pondweed (Potamogeton pectinatus). Plant Disease Reporter
47:689-693.
Lundegardh-Ericson, C. l972. Changes during four years in the
aquatic macro-vegetation in a flad in N. Stockholm
archipelago. Svensk. bot. Tidskr. 66:207-225.
Lundh, A. 1951. Studies on the vegetation and hydrochemisty of
Scanian lakes. I. Higher aquatic vegetation. Bot. Notiser,
2(3) (suppl.) 1-141.
Lutz, R. W. 1960. The Utilization and Production of Waterfowl
Foods at the Erie Marsh, Monroe County, Michigan.
University of Michigan, M.S. Thesis. 120 pp.
Lye, K. A. 1971. Moderne oppfatning av slekta Scirpus L.
Blyttia 29:141-147.
Lynch, J. J. 1941. The place of burning in management of the
Gulf Coast refuges. J. Wildl. Manage. 5:454-458.
Lynch, J. J., T. O'Neil, and D. W. Lay. 1947. Management
significance of damage by geese and muskrats to Gulf Coast
marshes. J. Wildl. Manage. 11:50-76.
Mabbott, D. C. 1920. Food habits of seven species of American
shoal-water ducks. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 862. 67 pp.
Maberly, S. C., and D. H. N. Spence. 1983. Photosynthetic
inorganic carbon use by freshwater plants. J. Ecol.
71:705-724.
Macdonald, K. B. 1977. Plant and animal communities of Pacific
North American salt marshes. Pp. 167-191 in V. J. Chapman,
ed. Ecosystems of the world 1. Wet coastal ecosystems.
Elsevier, New York. 428 pp.
Mace, S. E., P. Sorge, and T. Lowry. 1984. Impacts of
Phosphorus on Streams. Wisc. Dept. Nat. Resour., Bur. Water
Resour. Manage., Wisconsin, Milwaukee. Apr. 1984. 92 pp.
Macfe, S. M., and A. A. Crowder. 1987. Soil factors influencing
ferric hydroxide plaque formation on roots of Typha
latifolia I. Plant and Soil 102(2) pp. 177-184.
Madsen, J. D., M. S. Adams, and P. Ruffier. 1988. Harvest as a
control for sage pondweed (Potamogeton pectiratus L.) in
Badfish Creek, Wisconsin: frequency, efficiency and its
impact on stream community oxygen metabolism. J. Aquat.
Plant Manage. 26:20-25.
Madsen, J. D. 1986. The production and physiological ecology of
the submerged aquatic macrophyte community in Badfish Creek,
Wisconsin. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of Wisc., Madison. 449 pp.
Madsen, J. D., and M. S. Adams. 1985. The aquatic macrophyte
communities of two streams, Black Earth and Lawrence Creeks,
were examined using the line intercept method from
May-August, 1981. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett
73:198-216.
Madsen, J. D., and Adams, M. S. 1987. The germination of
Potamogeton pectinatus tubers: environmental control by
temperature and light. Can. J. Bot. 66:2523-2526.
Madsen, J. D., and Adams, M. S. 1989. The light and temperature
dependence of photosynthesis and respiration in Potamogen
pectinatus L. Aquat. Bot. 36:23-31.
Mahaffy, L. A. 1987. Effects of open marsh water management on
submerged aquatic vegetation utilized by waterfowl in
Delware. pp. 323-332 in
Malhotra, S. P. 1976. Remedy for aquatic weeds in Bhakra
canals. pp 253-254 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rzoska, eds.
Aquatic weeds in S.E. Asia. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague.
Mall, R. E. 1969. Soil-water-salt relationships of waterfowl
food plants in the Suisun marsh of California. California
Dep. Fish Game Wildl. Bull. No. 1.
Mallik, A. U. 1989. Small-scale succession towards fen on
floating mat of a Typha marsh in Atlantic Canada. Can. J.
Bot. 67:1309-1316.
Mallik, A. U., and R. W. Wein. 1986. Response of a Typha marsh
community to draining, flooding and seasonal burning. Can.
J. Bot. 64:2136-2143.
Mandossian, A., and R. P. McIntosh. 1960. Vegetation zonation
on the shore of a small lake. Am. Midl. Nat. 64:301-308.
Mann, K. H. 1972. Macrophyte production and detritus food
chains in coastal waters. Pages 353-383 in U.
Melchiorri-Santolini and J. W. Hopton (eds.). Detritus and
its role in aquatic ecosystems. Memorie Dell 'Instituto
Italiano Di Idrobiologia. Vol. 29 Supp. 540 pp.
Marchyulenene, D. P., R. F. Dushauskene-Duzh, E. B. Moteyunene,
V. B. Nyanishkene, G. G. Polikarpov, and L. N. Vorob'ev.
1978. Accumulation of 210 Pb in freshwater plants:
Hydrobiol. J. v. 14, #6, p. 73-77.
Marquis, L. Y., R. D. Comes, and C. P. Young. 1981. Absorption
and translocation of fluridone and glyphosate in submersed
vascular plants. Weed Sci. 29:229-236.
Martin, A. C., H. S. Zim, and A. L. Nelson. 1951. American
wildlife and plants. McGraw-Hill, New York. 500 pp.
Dover, New York. 400 pp.
Martin, P. S. 1963. Geochronology of Plurial Lake Cochise,
southern Arizona II. Pollen analysis of a 42 meter core.
Ecol. 44:436-444.
Martin, A. C., Erickson, R. C., and Steenis, J. H. 1957.
Improving duck marshes by weed control. U.S.D.I., U.S. Fish
Wildl. Serv. Cir. 19.
Martin, A. C. 1951. Identifying pondweed seeds eaten by ducks.
J. Wildl. Manage. 15:253-258.
Martin, A. C., and F. M. Uhler. 1939. Food of game ducks in the
United States and Canada. U.S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull.
634. 308 pp.
Martini, I. P., R. Protz, D. Grinham, W. A. King, and K. E.
Clarke. 1979. Studies of coastal sediments, soils, and
biota. James Bay, Ontario, Canada. Dept. Land Resour.
Sci., University of Guelph, Ont. Tech. Memo 79-1. 290 pp.
Marvan, P., and J. Komarek. 1978. Algal populations related to
different macrophyte communities. pp 65-70 in (D. Dykyjova
and J. Kvet eds.). Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and
functioning. Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp.
Marvan, P., J. Komarek, H. Ettl, and J. Komarkova. 1978.
Dynamics of algal communities. pp. 314-320 in D. Dykyjova
and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral ecosytems. Structure and
functioning. Springer-Verlag. N.Y. 464 pp.
Mason, C. F., and R. J. Bryant. 1975. Production, nutrient
content, and decomposition of Phragmites communis Trin. and
Typha angustifolia L. J. Ecol. 63:71-96.
Mason, C. F., and R. J. Bryant. 1975. Changes in the ecology of
the Norfolk Broads. Freshwater Biol. 5:257-270.
Mason, H. L. 1969. A flora of the marshes of California. Univ.
California Press, Berkeley. 878 pp.
Mason, R. 1967. The species of Ruppia in New Zealand. N.Z.J.
Bot. 5:519-531
Massart, J. 1922. La biologie des inondations de l'yser et al.
flore des ruines de Nieuport. (not seen, reviewed by
Tansley, A. G. 1922. J. Ecol. 10:237-239)
Mateu, A. I. 1991. Leaf anatomy of plants from coastal
Mediterranean salt-marshes. Monocotyledons. Candollea
46:345-358.
Mathiak, H. A. 1971. Observations on changes in the status of
cattails at Horicon Marsh, Wisconsin. Wisc. Dep. Nat.
Resour. Res. Rep. 66.
Mathiesen, H., and J. Nielsen. 1956. Botaniske undersogelser i
Randers Fjord og Grund Fjord. Bot. Tidsskr. 53:1-34.
(English Summary).
Mayer, F. L. Jr., and J. B. Low. 1970. The effect of salinity
on widgeongrass. J. Wildl. Manage. 34:658-661.
Mayer, F. L., Jr. 1967. The effect of salinity on growth and
reproduction of Ruppia maritima L. M.S. Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.
Mayer, F. L. S., Jr. 1969. Influence of salinity on fruit size
in Ruppia maritima L. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.
46:(Pt.2):140-143.
McAtee, W. L. 1910. Notes on Chen caerulescens, Chen rossi and
other waterfowl in Louisiana. Auk 27:337-339.
McAtee, W. L. 1911. Three important wild-duck foods. U.S. Bur.
Biol. Surv. Circ. 81. 19 pp.
McAtee, W. L. 1917. Propagation of wild-duck foods. U.S. Dept.
Agric. Bull. 465. 40 pp.
McAtee, W. L. 1918. Food habits of the mallard ducks of the
United States. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 720. 36 pp.
McAtee, W. L. 1920. Wild-duck foods of the sandhill region of
Nebraska. pp. 37-75 in U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 794.
McAtee, W. L. 1922. Notes on the Food Habits of the Shoveler or
Spoonbill Duck (Spatula clypeata). The Auk. 380-386.
McAtee, W. L. 1925. Notes on drift, vegetable balls, and
aquatic insects as a food product of inland waters. Ecol.
6:288-302.
McAtee, W. L. 1935. Wildlife of the Atlantic Coast salt
marshes. U.S. Dept. Agric. Wildl. Resear. Manage. Leafl.
BS-17. 22 pp.
McAtee, W. L. 1939. Wildfowl food plants. Their value
propagation and management. Collegiate Press, Ames, Iowa.
141 pp.
McCabe, T. R., and M. L. Wolfe. 1988. Effects of simulated
muskrat grazing on emergent vegetation. Pp. 147-158 in D.A.
Wilcox, ed. Interdiciplinary approaches to freshwater
wetlands research. Michigan State University Press, East
Lansing. 101 pp.
McCann, C. 1945. Notes on the genus Ruppia (Ruppiaceae). J.
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 45:396-402.
McCarraher, D. B. 1962. Northern pike, Esox lucius in alkaline
lakes of Nebraska. Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 91:326-329.
McCarraher, D. B. 1972. The small playa lakes of Nebraska:
Their ecology, fisheries, and biological potential. pp 15-23
in: Playa Lakes Symp. Trans., Int. Center for Arid and
Semi-arid Land Studies, Texas Tech. Univ., Lubbock.
McCarraher, D. B. 1972. A preliminary bibliography and lake
index of the inland mineral waters of the world. FAO
Fisheries Circ. 146, Rome.
McCarraher, D. B. 1977. Nebraska's sandhills lakes. Nebr.
Game and Parks Comm. 67 pp.
McCarraher, D. B., O. E. Orr, C. P. Agee, G. R. Foster, and O. M.
Stern. 1961. Sandhills lake survey. Nebr. Game For. and
Parks Comm. Job. No. 2. 83 pp. McCombie, A.M. and I. Wile.
1971. Ecology of aquatic vascular plants in southern
Ontario impoundments. Weed Sci. 19:225-228.
McCormick, J. 1970. The natural features of Tinicum Marsh, with
particular emphasis on the vegetation. Pp 1-104 in two
studies of Tinicum Marsh. The Conservation Foundation.
123 pp.
McCormick, J., and T. Ashbaugh. 1972. Vegetation of a section
of Oldmans Creek tidal marsh and related areas in Salem and
Gloucester Counties, New Jersey. Bull. N.J. Academy of
Science. 17:31-37.
McCrimmon, H. R. 1968. Carp in Canada. Bul. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 165. 93 pp.
McDonald, M. E. 1955. Cause and effects of a die-off of
emergent vegetation. J. Wildl. Manage. 19:24-35.
McDonald, M. E. 1951. The ecology of the Point Mouillee Morch,
Michigan, with special reference to the biology of cattail
(Typha). Ph.D. Diss., Univ. of Michigan, Ann. Arbor.
243 pp.
McFarland, L. Z., George, H., and Mekinnie, H. 1963. Grain
preference of captive waterfowl. Calf. Fish and Game
49:207-209.
McGahee, C. F., and G. J. Davis. 1971. Photosynthesis and
respiration in Myriophyllum spicatum L. as related to
salinity. Limnol. Oceanogr. 16:826-829.
McIlhenny, E. A. 1932. The blue goose in its winter home. Auk
49:279-306.
McKay, E. M. 1934. Salt tolerance of Ruppia maritima L. in
lakes of high magnesium sulfate content. Ph.D. Diss.,
State College of Washington, Pullman. 41 pp.
McLaughlin, W. T. 1932. Atlantic coastal plain plants in the
sand barrens of northwestern Wisconsin. Ecol. Monogr.
2:335-383.
McLeod, J. A. 1949. Some aspects of muskrat management in
Manitoba. Proc. Int. Assoc. Game Fish Conserv. Comm.,
Winnipeg, Manitoba.
McMahan, C. A. 1970. Food habitas of ducks wintering on Laguna
Madre, Texas. J. Wildl. Mange. 34:946-949.
McMaha, C. A. 1969. The food habitas of ducks wintering on
Laguna Madre, Texas. M.S. thesis, New Mexico State Univ.,
Las Cruces. 37 pp.
McMillan, C. 1959. Salt tolerance within a Typha population.
Am. J. Bot. 46:521-526.
McMillan, C. 1974. Salt tolerance of mangroves and submerged
aquatic plants, pp. 379-390. in R. J. Reimold and W. H.
Queen (eds.), Ecology of halophytes. Academic Press, New
York. 605 pp.
McMillan, C. 1985. The seed reserve for Halodule wrightii,
Syringodium filiforme and Ruppia maritima in Laguna Madre,
Texas. Contrib. Mar. Sci. 28:141-149.
McMillan, C., and F. N. Moseley. 1967. Salinity tolerances of
five marine spermatophytes of Redfish Bay, Texas. Ecol.
48:503-506.
McNabb, C. D., Jr. 1976. The petertial of submerged vascular
plants for reclamation of wastewater in temperate zone
ponds. Pp. 123-132 in (see Seidel).
McNabb, C. D. Jr., and D. P. Tierney. 1972. Growth and mineral
accumulation of submersed vascular hydrophytes in
pleioeutrophic environs. Michigan State Univ., East Lansing
Inst. Water Research. Tech Rep. 24. 31 pp.
McNaughton, S. J. 1975. R selection and K selection in Typha.
Am. Nat. 109: 251-262.
McNaughton, S. J. 1966. Ecotype function in the Typha
community-type. Ecol. Monog. 36:297-325.
McNaughton, S. J. 1968. Autotoxic feedback in relation to
germination and seedling growth in typha latifolia. Ecol.
49:367-369.
McNaughton, S. J., R. S. Campbell, R. A. Freyer, J. E. Mylroie,
and K. D. Rodland. 1974. Photosynthetic properties and
root chilling responses of altitudinal ecotypes of Typha
latifolia L. Ecol. 55: 168-172.
McNaughton, S. J. 1986. On plants and herbivores. Am. Nat.
128:765-770.
McNease, L. L. and L. L. Glasgow. 1970. Experimental treatments
for the control of wiregrass and saltmarsh grass in a
brackish marsh. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game
Fish Comm. 24:127-145.
McNulty, J. K., W. N. Lindall, Jr., and J. E. Sykes. 1972.
Cooperative Gulf of Mexico estuarine inventory and study,
Florida: Phase I, Area description. NOAA Tech. Rep., Nat.
Mar. Fish. Serv. Circ. 368. 126 pp (not seen)
McRoy, C.P., and C. McMillan. 1977. Production ecology and
physiology of seagrasses. Pp 53-87 in (C. P. McRoy and
C. Helfferich eds) seagrass ecosystems, a scientific
perspective. Dekker, New York (not seen).
Meeks, R. L. 1968. The effect of drawdown date on wetland plant
succession. J. Wildl. Manage. 33:817-821.
Mehta, I., R. K. Sharma, and A. P. Tuank. 1976. The aquatic
weed problem in the Chambal irrigated area and its control
by grass carp. pp. 307-314 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rzoska,
eds. Aquatic weeds in S.E. Asia. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague.
Mehta, I., and R. K. Sharma. 1976. Effect of weeds on the flow
capacity of Chambal irrigation system in Kota, Rajasthan.
pp. 85-90 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rzoska, eds. Aquatic
weeds in S.E. Asia. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague. (396 pp).
Meiorin, E. C. 1989. Urban runoff treatment in a fresh/brackish
water marsh in Fremont, California. pp. 677-685 in D. A.
Hammer ed. Constructed wetlands for wastewater treatment.
Lewis Publishers, Chelsea, Michigan. 831 pp.
Mendall, H. L. 1949. Food habits in relation to black duck
management in Maine. J. Wildl. Manage. 13:64-101.
Mendelssohn, I.A. and K.L. McKee. 1987. Experimental field and
greenhouse verification of the influence of saltwater
intrusion and submergence on marsh deterioration: mechanisms
of action. In: Turner, R.E. and D.R. Cahoon (eds.), Causes
of Wetland Loss in the Co~stal Central Gulf of Mexico.
Volume II: Technical Narrative. OCS Study/MMS 87-0120.
Menendez, M., E. Fores, and F. A. Comin. 1989. Ruppia cirrhosa
- Decomposition in a coastal temperate lagoon as affected by
macroinvertebrates. Arch. Hydrobiol. 117:39-48.
Menendez, M., and J. Penuelas. 1993. Seasonal photosynthetic
and respiratory responses of Ruppia cirrhosa (Petagna)
Grande to changes in light and temperature. Arch.
Hydrobiol. 129:221-230.
Mercado, B. T., C. Malabayabas, and S. Gumasing. 1971.
Responses of some lowland weed species to salinity. I.
Scirpus maritimus L. to sodium chloride. The Phillipine
Agriculturalist 55:253-259.
Meriaux, J. L. 1978. Etude analytique et comparative de la
vegetation aquatique d'etangs et marais du nord de la France
(Vallee de la Sensee et bassin houiller du
Word-Pas-de-Calais). Doc. Phytosociol. 3:1-244. (In
French;English and German summaries).
Merry, D. G., F. M. Slater, and P. F. Randerson. 1981. The
riporian and aquatic vegetation of the River Wye. J. Biogr.
8:313-327.
Messinger. R.D. 1974. Effects of controlled burning on waterfowl
nesting habitat in northwest Iowa. M.S. Thesis. Iowa State
University, Ames. 4g pp.
Metcalf, F. P. 1931. Wild duck foods of North Dakota lakes.
U.S. Dept. Agriculture Tech. Bull. 221. 72 pp.
Meyer, B. S., F. H. Bell, L. C. Thompson, and E. I. Clay. 1943.
Effect of depth of immersion on apparent photosynthesis in
submersed vascular aquatics. Ecology 24:393-399.
Miglarese, J. V., and P. A. Sandifer. 1982. An ecological
characterization of South Carolina wetland impoundments.
South Carolina Marine Resources Center, Tech. Rep. No. 51.
132 pp.
Millar, J. B. 1969. Observations on the ecology of wetland
vegetation. pp 49-56 in: Saskatoon Wetlands Seminar. Canad.
Wildl. Serv. Rep. 6.
Millar, J. B. 1973. Vegetation changes in shallow marsh
wetlands under improving moisture regime. Can. J. Bot.
51:1443-1457.
Millar, J. B. 1976. Wetland classification in western Canada: a
guide to marshes and shallow open water wetlands in the
grasslands and parklands of the Prairie Provinces. Can
Wildl. Ser. Rep. Ser. 37. 38 pp.
Millard, N. A. H., and K. M. F. Scott. 1953. The ecology of
South African estuaries. Part VI. Milnerton Estuary and
the Diep River, Cape. Trans Roy. Soc. S. Afr. 34:279-324.
Miller, A. C., D. C. Beckett, and E. Blancher. 1987. The
habitat value of submerged aquatic vegetation. pp 225-235
in (see Bowers et al. 1987 card.)
Miller, A. C., D. C. Beckett, C. M. Way, and E. J. Bacon. 1989.
The habitat value of aquatic macrophytes for
macroinvertebrates: Benthic studies in Eau Galle Reservoir,
Wisconsin. pp. 190-201 in Proc. 23rd Annu. Mtg., Aquat.
Plant Control Resear. Prog., U.S. Army Eng. Waterways Exp.
Sta., Vicksburg, Miss. 39181-0631.
Miller, A. W. 1962. Waterfowl habitat improvement in
California. Proc. Western Assoc. State Game and Fish Comm.
42:112-116.
Miller, M. R. 1987. Fall and winter foods of northern pintails
in the Sacramento Valley, California. J. Wildl. Manage.
51:405-414.
Miller, W. R., and F. E. Egler. 1950. Vegetation of the
Wequetequock-Paweatuck tidal marshes, Connecticut. Ecol.
Monogr. 20:143-172.
Mirashi, M. V. 1954. Studies in the hydrophytes of Nagpur. J.
Indian Bot. Soc. 33:299-308.
Misra, R. D. 1938. Edaphic factors in the distribution of
aquatic plants in the English lakes. J. Ecol. 26:411-451.
Mitchell, B. D., and W. D. Williams. 1982. Factors influencing
the seasonal occurance and abundance of the zooplankton in
two waste stabilization ponds. Aust. J. Mar. Freshw.
Resear. 33:989-997.
Mitchell, D. S., and K. H. Rogers. 1985. Seasonality/
aseasonality of aquatic macrophytes in Southern Hemisphere
inland waters. Hydrobiol. 125:137-150.
Mitchell, S. F. 1971. Phytoplankton productivity in Tomahawk
Lagoon, Lake Waipori and Lake Mahinerangi. New Zealand
Marine Dept. Fish. Res. Bull. No. 3. 87 pp.
Mitzner, L. 1978. Evaluation of biological control of nuisance
aquatic vegetation by grass carp. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.
107:135-145.
Modlin, R. F. 1970. Aquatic plant survey of Milwaukee River
watershed lakes. Wisc. Dept. Nat. Resour. Resear. Rep. 52.
45 pp.
Molinier, R., and G. Tallon. 1974. Documents pour un inventaire
des plantes vasculaires de la Camargue. Bull. Hist. Nat.
Marseille. T. 34. (not seen, cited in Podlejski 1981)
Monda, M. J., and J. T. Ratti. 1988. Niche overlap and habitat
use by sympatric duck broods in eastern Washington. J.
Wild. Manage. 52:95-103.
Montz, G. N. 1978. The submerged vegetation of Lake
Ponchartrain, Louisiana. Castanea 43:115-128.
Moody, A. I. 1978. Growth and distribution of marsh plants on
the southern Fraser Delta foreshore. M.S. Thesis,
University of British Columbia, Vancouver. 153 pp.
Moore, E. 1915. The potamogetons in relation to pond culture.
U.S. Bur. Fish. Doc. 815, 33:251-291.
Moraghan, J. T. 1993. Loss and assimilation of 15N-nitrate added
to a North Dakota cattail marsh. Aquatic Botany 46:225-234.
Moreria, I., and T. Ferreira. 1986. Aquatic weeds in Portugal.
Aquaphyte 6(1)6.
Morgan, D. G. 1954. Seasonal changes in populations of Anatidae
on the Laverton Saltworks, Victoria, 1950-53. Emu
54:263-278.
Morgan, P. H., A. S. Johnson, W. P. Baldwin, and J. L. Landers.
1976. Characteristics and management for wildlife in a
South Carolina estuary. Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game
Fish Comm. 29:526-539.
Morgan, P. H. 1974. A study of tidelands and impoundments
within a three-river delta system-the south Edisto, Ashepoo
and Combahee rivers of South Carolina. M.S. Thesis.
University of Georgia, Athens. 92 pp.
Morin, J. O., and K. D. Kimball. 1983. Relationship of
macrophyte-mediated changes in the water column to
periphyton composition and abundance. Freshwater Biol.
13:403-414.
Morinaga, T. l926. The favorable effect of reduced oxygen
supply upon the germination of certain seeds. Am. J. Bot.
13:159-165.
Morinaga, T. 1926. Effect of alternating temperatures upon the
germination of seeds. Amer. J. Bot. 13:141-158
Morris, S., A. J. Leaney, L. M. Bell, and J. M. Thompson. 1979.
The Courtenay River estuary. Status of environmental
knowlege to 1978. Environment Canada Special Estuary Ser.
No. 8.
Morton, J. F. 1975. Cattails (Typha spp.). Weed problem or
potential crop. Econ. Bot., 29:7-29.
Moss, B. 1981. The composition and ecology of periphyton
communities in fresh waters 2. Interrelationships between
water chemistry, Phytoplankton populations and periphyton.
Br. Phycol. J. 16(1)59-76.
Moss, B. 1976. The effects of fertilization and fish on
community structure and biomass of aquatic macrophytes and
epiphytic algal populations:an ecosytem experiment. J.
Ecol. 64:313-342.
Motta, J. J. 1978. The occurrence of fungi on some rooted
aquatics from the Chesapeake Bay. Estuaries 1:101-105.
Moyle, J. B. 1945. Some chemical factors influencing the
distribution of aquatic plants in Minnesota. Am. Mid. Nat.
34(2):402-420.
Moyle, J. B. 1956. Relationships between the chemistry of
Minnesota surface waters and wildlife management. J. Wildl.
Manage. 20(3) 303-320.
Moyle, J. B. 1958. Review of literature on plant growth and
water levels. Minn. Fish Game Invest. Fish Ser. 1:35-45.
Moyle, J. B. 1961. Aquatic invertebrates as related to larger
water plants and waterfowl. Minn. Dept. Cons. Div. Game
& Fish. Investigational Rep. 233. 24 pp.
Moyle, J. B., and J. H. Kuehn. 1964. Carp, a sometimes villain.
pp. 635-642 in (J. P. Linduska ed.), waterfowl tomorrow.
U.S. Dept. Int., Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
770 pp.
Moyle, J. B., and N. Hotchkiss. 1945. The aquatic and marsh
vegetation of Minnesota and its value to waterfowl. Minn.
Fish. Res. Lab. Bull. 3. 122 pp.
Mudroch, A. 1981. A study of selected Great Lakes coastal
marshes. Scientific Series #122. Nat. Water Res. Inst.,
Inland Waters Directorate, Burlington, Ontario. 44 pp.
Muenscher, W. C. 1936. Storage and germination of seeds of
aquatic plants. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 652.
Muenscher, W. C. 1936. The germination of seeds of Potamogeton.
Ann. Botany 50:805-821.
Mulligan, H. F., and A. Baranowski. 1969. Growth of
phytoplankton and vascular aquatic plants at different
nutrient levels. Verh, Internat. Verein. Limnol.
17:802-810.
Mulligan, H. F., A. Baronowski, and R. Johnson. 1976. Nitrogen
and phosphorus fertilisation of aquatic vascular plants and
algae in replicated ponds. I. Initial response to
fertilisation. Hydrobiol. 48, 109-116.
Munro, R. E., and M. C. Perry. 1982. Distribution & abundance
of waterfowl & submerged aquatic vegetation in Chesapeake
Bay. U.S. Env. Protection Agency, Washington D.C. EPA
60013-82-082. NTIS PB82-266156.
Munz, P. A., and D. D. Keck. 1973. A California flora and
supplement. University of California Press, Berkeley. 1681
pp. + 224 pp. suppl.
Murdoch, A. 1980. Biogeochemical investigations of Big Creek
Marsh, Lake Erie, Ontario. J. Great Lakes Resear.
6:338-347.
Murkin, H. R., and P. Ward. 1980. Early spring cutting to
control cattail in a northern marsh. Wildl. Soc. Bull.
8:254-256.
Murphy, K. J., and J. W. Eaton. 1983. Effects of pleasure-boat
traffic on macrophyte growth in canals. J. Appl.
Ecol.20:713-729.
Mushet, D. M., N. H. Euliss, Jr., and S. W. Harris. 1992.
Effects of irrigation on seed production and vegetative
characteristics of four moist-soil plants on impounded
wetlands in California. Wetlands 12:204-207.
Muus, B. J. 1967. The fauna of Danish estuaries and lagoons.
Medd. Dan. Fisk. Havunders., 5:1-316 (not seen).
Nagel, J. 1969. Migration patterns and general habits of the
snow goose in Utah. Utah Dep. Nat. Resour. Publ. 69-6.
Nakagawa, K., M. Miyahara, and K. Hattori. 1973. Biology and
control of perennial cyperaceae in Japan. Proc. 4th Asian-
Pacific Weed Sci. Soc. Conf. 1:203-208.
Natelson, D. 1954. The phytosociology of submerged aquatic
macrophytes in Wisconsin lakes. Ph.D. Dissertation.
University of Wisconsin, Madison. 59 pp.
Nebraska Game and Parks. 1972. Survey of habitat. Work Plan K-
71. Pittman-Robertson Proj. W-13-R-28. Lincoln, Neb. 78
pp.
Needham, P. R. 1938. Trout streams. Comstock Pub. Co., New
York. 233 pp. (not seen).
Neel, J. K, S. A. Peterson, and W. L. Smith. 1973. Weed harvest
and lake nutrient dynamics. U.S. Enviro. Protection Agency
Ecol. Res. Ser. EPA-660/3-73-001 Washington, D.C., U.S.
Gov't Printing Office. 101 pp.
Neely, W. W. 1956. How long do duck foods last underwater?
Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 21:191-198.
Neely, W. W. 1958. Irreversible drainage - a new factor in
waterfowl management. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf.
23:342-348.
Neely, W. W. 1960. Managing Scirpus robustus for ducks. Proc.
S.E. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 14:30-34.
Neely, W. W. 1962. Saline soils and brackish waters in
management of wildlife, fish and shrimp. Trans. North Am.
Wildl. Conf. 27:321-335.
Neely, W. W., and V. E. Davison. 1966. Wildl ducks on farmland
in the south. U.S. Dept. Agric. Farmer's Full. 2218.
14 pp.
Neinburg, W., and E. Kolumbe. 1931. Zur okologie der flora des
wattenmeeres. II. Wiss. Meer. Kiel. N.F. 21-2:77. (not
seen, cited in Chapman 1974)
Nelson, N. F., and R. H. Dietz. 1966. Cattail control methods
in Utah. Utah Dept. Fish Game Publ. 66-2. 31 pp.
Nelson, N. F. 1954. Factors in the development and restoration
of waterfowl habitat at Ogden Bay refuge, Weber County,
Utah. Utah State Dep. Fish Game, Federal Aid Div. Publ. 6.
87 pp.
Newbold, C. 1975. Herbicides in aquatic systems. Biol.
Conserv. 7:97-118.
Newling, C. J., M. C. Landin, and S. D. Parris. 1983. Long-term
monitoring of the Apalachicola Bay wetland habitat
development site. pp. 164-186 in F. J. Webb, Jr. ed. Proc.
10th Annu. Conf. Wetlands Restoration and Creation.
Hillsborough Community College, Tampa, Florida.
Newroth, P. R. 1974. A review of the ecology and control of
some aquatic macrophytes. Studies on Aquatic Macrophytes
Part IV. Water Investigation Branch Br. Columbia Water
Resources Service 64 pp.
Nichols, S. A. 1991. The interaction between biology and the
management of aquatic macrophytes. Aquat. Bot. 41:225-252.
Nichols, S. A., and S. Mori. 1971. The littoral macrophyte
vegetation of Lake Wingra. Trans Wisc. Acad. Sci.
59:107-119.
Niemeier, P. E., and W. A. Hubert. 1986. The 85-year history of
the aquatic macrophyte species composition in a Aquat. Bot.
25:83-89 eutrophic prairie lake (United States).
Nillsen, J. P. 1975. An algological survey of the Sondeledfjord
near Risor, S. Norway- a "land-locked" fjord exposed to
pollution. Blyttia 33:17-26.
Nixon, S. W., and C. A. Oviatt. 1973. The ecology of a New
England salt marsh. Ecol. Monogr. 43:463-498.
Norlindh, T. 1972. Notes on the variation and taxonomy in the
Scirpus maritimus complex. Bot. Not. 125:397-405.
Noyes, J. H. 1983. Diet and nutrition of breeding canvasback
and redhead ducks at Ruby Lake National Wildlife Refuge,
Nevada. M.S. Thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis. 42 pp.
Noyes, J. H., and R. L. Jarvis. 1985. Diet and nutrition of
breeding female redhead and canvasback ducks in Nevada. J.
Wildl. Manage. 49:203-211.
Nuttall, T. 1834. A manual of the ornithology of the United
States and of Canada. Vol. 2. The water birds. Hilliard,
Grey, and Co., Boston. 627 pp.
Oberholzer, H. C., and W. L. McAtee. 1920. Waterfowl and their
food plants in the Sandhill Region of Nebraska. U.S. Dept.
Agric. Bull. 794.
Oborn, E. T. 1964. Intracellular and extracellular
concentration of manganese and other elements by aquatic
organisms. U.S. Geological Survey Water-supply Paper 1667-C.
Odum, W. E. 1988. Comparative ecology of tidal freshwater and
salt marshes. Annu. Rev. Ecology and Systematics. 19:147-
176.
Odum, W. E., T. J. Smith, III, J. K. Hoover, and C. C. McIvor.
1984. The ecology of tidal freshwater marshes of the United
States east coast: A community profile. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service FWS/OBS-83/17. 177pp.
Ogg, A. G., V. F, Bruns, and A. D. Kelley. 1969. Response of
sago pondweed to periodic removal of topgrowth. Weed Sci.
17:139-141.
Ogle, D. W. 1981. Long-distance dispersal of vascular
halophytes: The marshes of Saltville, Virginia. Castanea
46:8-15.
Oglesby, R. T., A. Vogel, J. H. Peverly, and R. Johnson. 1976.
Changes in submerged plants at the south end of Cayuga Lake
following tropical storm Agnes. Hydrobiol. 48:251-255.
Oliver, F. W. 1925. Spartina townsendii: its mode of
establishment, economic uses and taxonomic status. J. Ecol.
13:74-91.
Olmi, E. J. III. 1986. Recruitment patterns of selected decapod
crustaceans. pp. 303-360 in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S.
Baughman eds. 1986. South Carolina Coastal Wetland
Impoundments: Ecological characterization, management,
status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis. Publ. No.
SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium,
Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Olney, P. J. S. 1969. The food and feeding habits of the
pochard, Aythya ferina. Biol Conserv. 1:71-76.
Olsen, S. 1945. The vegetation in Praesto Fjord. 1.
Spermatophyta and Charophyta. Folia geogr. Dan. 3:83-130.
Olsen, S. 1950. Aquatic plants and hydrosperic factors. I-II.
Svensk. bot. Tidskr. 44:1-34; 332-373.
Olson, R. A. 1979. Ecology of wetland vegetation on selected
strip mine ponds and stockdams in the northern Great Plains.
Ph.D. Diss. North Dakota State University, Fargo. 476 pp.
Olson, R. A. 1981. Wetland vegetation, environmental factors,
and their interaction in strip mine ponds, stockdams, and
natural wetlands. U.S. Dept. Agric., Forest Serv. Gen.
Tech. Rpt. RM-85. 19 pp.
O'Neil, E. J. 1972. Alkali bulrush seed germination and culture.
J. Wildl. Manage. 36:649-652.
O'Neil, T. 1949. The muskrat in the Louisiana coastal marshes.
Louisiana Dep. Wild Life and Fisheries, New Orleans. 152
pp.
Ondok, J. P., and J. Kvet. 1978. Selection of sampling areas in
assessment of production. pp. 163-174 in D. Dykyjova and J.
Kvet eds. Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and
functioning. Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp.
Ondok, J. P. 1978. Rediction climate in fishpond littoral plant
communities. pp 113-125 in (D. Dykjova and J. Kvet eds.).
Pond littoral ecosystems. Springer-Verlag, New York.
484 pp.
Ondok, J. P., and D. Dykyjova. 1973. Assessment of shoot
biomass of dominant reed-beds in Trebon Basin, methodical
aspects. pp. 79-82 in S. Hejny, ed. Ecosystem study on
wetland biome in Czechoslovakia. Czechoslovakia IBP/PT-PP.
Report No. 3. Trebon.
Ondok, J. P. 1971. Horizontal structures of some macrophyte
stands and its production aspects. Hidrobiologia
(Bucharest) 12:47-55.
Ondok, J. P. 1973. Average shoot biomass in monospecific
helophyte stands of the Opatovicky fishpond. pp. 83-85 in S.
Hejny, ed. Ecosystem study on wetland biome in
Czechoslovakia. Czechoslovakia IBP/PT-PP. Report No. 3.
Trebon.
O'Neill, E. J. 1972. Alkali bulrush seed germination and
culture. J. Wildl. Manage. 36:649-652.
Oosting, H. J. 1933. Physical-chemical variables in Minnesota
lake. Ecol. Mono. 3:493-533.
Ooststroom, S. J. van, and T. J. Reichgelt. 1962. Typha
angustifolia L. x T. Latifolia L. (T. x glauca Godr.) in
Nederland. Gorteria 1:90-92.
Ophel, I. L., and C. D. Fraser. 1970. Calcium and strentium
discrimination by aquatic plants. Ecol. 51:324-327.
Opuszynski, K. 1973. Use of phytophageous fish to control
aquatic plants. Aquaculture 1:61-74.
Orth, R. J., and Moore, K. A. 1988. Distribution of Zostera
marina L. and Ruppia maritima L. sensulato along depth
gradients in the lower Chesapeake Bay, U.S.A. Aquat. Bot.
32:291-305.
Orth, R. J., and K. A. Moore. 1982. The biology and propagation
of eelgrass, Zostera marina, in the Chesapeake Bay,
Virginia. Final Report, Grant no. R805953, U.S. Envir.
Prot. Ag., Chesapeake Bay Prog., Annapolis, MD, and VIMS
SRAMSOE 265, Gloucester Point, VA. 187 pp.
Orth, R. J., and K. A. Moore. 1981. Submerged aquatic
vegetation of the Chesapeake Bay: Past, present and future.
Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Nat. Resour. Conf. 46:271-283.
Orth, R. J., K. A. Moore, and H. H. Gordon. 1979. Distribution
and abundance of submerged aquatic vegetation in the lower
Chesapeake Bay, Virginia. EPA Report No. 600/8-79-029/SAVI.
199 pp.
Orth, R. J. 1976. The demise and recovery of eelgrass, Zostera
marina, in the Chesapeake Bay, Virginia. Aquat. Bot.
2:141-159.
Ortu, A. M. 1969. Primary data on the germination of seed of
Ruppia maritima L. G. Bot. Ital. 103-621.
Osterhout, W. J. V. 1906. On the importance of physiologically
balanced solutions for plants. Bot. Gaz. 42:127-134.
Otto, N. E., and P. F. Enger. 1960. Some effects of suspended
sediment on growth of submerged pondweeds. U.S. Dept.
Interior, Bur. of Reclamation. Gen. Lab. Rep. Gen - 27.
11 pp.
Otto, N. E., T. R. Bartley, and W. V. Garstaka. 1964. Pondweed
propagule production as affected by repeated solvent
treatments. U.S. Bur. Reclamation. Water Conservation Rep.
WC-13. 77 pp.
Outridge, P. M., and B. N. Noller. 1991. Accumulations of toxic
trace elements by freshwater vascular plants. Rev. Environ.
Contam. Toxicol. 121:1-63.
Owens, M., and R. W. Edwards. 1962. The effects of plants on
river conditions. III. Crop studies and estimates of net
productivity of macrophytes in four streams in southern
England. J. Ecol. 50:157-162.
Ozimek, T., K. Prejs, and A. Prejs. 1986. Biomass and growth
rate of Potamogeton pectinatus L. in lakes of different
trophic state. Ekol. Pol. 34:125-131.
Ozimek, T., and A. Kowalczewski. 1984. Long-term changes of the
submerged macrophytes in eutrophic Lake Mikolajskie (North
Poland). Aquat. Bot. 19:1-11.
Ozimek, T. 1978. Effect of municipal sewage on the submerged
macrophytes of a lake littoral. Ekol. Pol. 26:3-39.
Paige, K.N. and T.G. Whitham. 1987. Overcompensation in response
to mammalian herbivory: The advantage of being eaten.
American Naturalist 129: 407-416.
Palmer, M. 1986. The impact of a change from permanent pasture
to cereal farming on the flora and invertebrate fauna of
watercourses in the Pevensey Levels, Sussex. Pp. 233-238 in
Proc. EWRS/AAB 7th Symp. on aquatic weeds.
Palmisano, A. W., Jr. 1967. Ecology of Scirpus olneyi and
Scirpus robustus in Louisiana coastal marshes. M.S. Thesis,
Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. 145 pp.
Palmisano, A. W., Jr. 1972. The effect of salinity on the
germination and growth of plants important to wildlife in
the Gulf Coast marshes. Proc. S.E. Assoc. Game Fish Comm.
25:215-223.
Palmisano, A. W., Jr. 1970. Plant community-soil relationships
in Louisiana coastal marshes. Ph.D., Louisiana State
University.
Palmisano, A. W., Jr., and J. D. Newsom. 1968. Ecological
factors affecting occurrence of Scirpus olneyi and Scirpus
robustus in the Louisiana coastal marshes. Proc. Ann. Conf.
S.E. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 21:161-172.
Pammel, T. H. 1917. The vegetation of Iowa Lakes. pp 162-189 in
State Highway Comm. on Iowa Lakes and lakebeds.
Parker, P. L. 1964. The biogeochemistry of the stable isotopes
of carbon in a marine bay. Geochim. Cosmochim.
28:1155-1164.
Patriquin, D. G., and C. Keddy. 1978. Nitrogenase activity
(acetylene reduction) in a Nova Scotian Salt Marsh: its
association with agiosperms and the influence of some
edaphic factors. Aquat. Bot. 4:227-244.
Patten, B. C., Jr. 1956. Notes on the biology of Myriophyllum
spicatun L. in a New Jersey lake. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
83:5-17.
Paullin, D. G. 1973. The ecology of submerged aquatic
macrophytes of Red Rock Lakes National Wildlife Refuge,
Montana. M.S. Thesis, Univ. of Montana, Missoula. 171 pp.
Paulus, S. L. 1982. Feeding ecology of gadwalls in Louisiana in
winter. J. Wildl. Manage. 46:71-79.
Paulus, S. L. 1983. Dominance relations, resource use, and
pairing chronology of gadwalls in winter. Auk 100:947-952.
Payne, N. F. 1992. Techniques for wildlife habitat management of
wetlands. McGraw-Hill, New York, NY. 549 pp.
Pearcy, R. W., and S. L. Ustin. 1984. Effects of salinity on
growth and photosynthesis of three California tidal marsh
species. Oecologia 62:68-73.
Pearcy, R. W., D. E. Bayer, and S. L. Ustin. 1982.
Salinity-productivity relationships of selected plant
species from the Suisun Marsh, California. Calif. Water
Res. Center, University of California, Davis. 42 pp.
Pearsall, W. H., and E. Gorham. 1956. Production ecology. I.
Standing crops of natural vegetation. Oikos 7:193-201.
Pearsall, W. H. 1929. Dynamic factors affecting aquatic
vegetation. Proc. Int. Congr. Plant Sci. 1:667-672.
Pederson, G. B., and R. L. Pederson. 1983. Feeding ecology of
pintails and mallards on Lower Klamath marshes. Final
report on U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. Contr.
14-16-0001-79106. Humboldt State University Foundation,
Arcata, CA. 89 pp.
Pederson, R. L., and A. G. van der Valk. 1984. Vegetation
change and seed banks in marshes: Ecological and management
implications. Trans. N. Amer. Wildl. Natur. Resour. Conf.
49:271-280.
Pederson, R. L., D. G. Jorde, and S. G. Simpson. 1989. pp. 281-
310 in L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski,
eds. Habitat management for migrating and wintering
waterfowl in North America. Texas Tech. Univ. Press,
Lubbock. 560 pp.
Pehrsson, O. 1980. Skotsel av vatmarker for froproduktion - en
viktig fodoresurs for sjofagel. Statens Naturvardsverk PM
1244, Solna. (not seen, cited in Pehrsson 1988).
Pehrsson, O. 1988. Effects of grazing and inundation on pasture
quality and seed production in a salt marsh. Vegetatio
74:113-124.
Pehrsson, O., J. Stensson, M. Ericsson, S. O. Bengtsson, S.
Jacobsson, and R. Floren. 1973. Getterons fagelreservat.
Skydd och vard. Statens Naturvardsverk PM 423, Solna. (not
seen, cited in Pehrsson 1988).
Pelikan, J. 1978. Mammels in the reedswamp ecosystem. pp.
357-365 in (see Hejny and Husak 1978).
Peltier, W. H., and E. B. Welch. 1969. Factors affecting growth
of rooted aquatics in a river. Weed. Sci. 17:412-416.
Peltier, W. H., and E. B. Welch. 1970. Factors affecting growth
of rooted aquatics in a reservoir. Weed Sci. 18:7-9.
Penfound, W., and E. S. Hathaway. 1938. Plant communities in
the marshlands of southeastern Louisiana. Ecol. Monog.
8:1-56.
Penfound, W. T. 1953. Plant communities on Oklahoma Lakes.
Ecol. 34:561-583.
Penfound, W. T. 1956. Primary production of vascular aquatic
plants. Limnol. Oceanogr. 1:92-101.
Penfound, William T. 1952. An outline for ecological life
histories of herbaceous vascular hydrophytes. Ecol.
33(1):123-128.
Penko, J. M. 1982. A Bibliography of the Biology. Ecology and
Utilization of Typha. Bio-energy Coord. Off. Univ.
Minnesota, St. Paul.
Penko, J. M. 1985. Ecological of Typha in Minnesota: Typha
insect interactions, and the productivity of floating
stands. M.S. thesis Univ. Minnesota, St. Paul. 307 pp.
Penko, J. M., and D. C. Pratt. 1987. Inset herbivory in
Minnesota Typha stands J. Freshw. Ecol. 4:235-244.
Penuelas, J., J. Murillo, and J. Azcom-Bieto. 1988. Actual and
potential dark respiration rates and different electron
transport pathways in freshwater aquatic plants. Aquat.
Bot. 88:353-362.
Penuelas, J., and F. Sabater. 1987. Distribution of macrophytes
in relation to environmental factors in the Ter River, N.E.
Spain. Int. Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol. 72:41-58.
Percival, H. F., L. G. Webb, and N. R. Page. 1970. Some
ecological conditions under which selected waterfowl food
plants grow in South Carolina. Proc. SE Assoc. Game Fish
Comm. 24:121-126.
Perkins, C. J. 1968. Controlled burning in the management of
muskrats and waterfowl in Louisiana coastal marshes. pp.
269-280 in Proc. Annu. Tall Timbers Fire Ecol. Conf.
Perkins, E. J., and O. J. Abbott. 1972. Nutrient enrichment and
sand flat fauna. Mar. Pollut. Bull. 3:70-72.
Perret, N. G. 1962. The spring and summer foods of the common
mallard (Anas platyrhynchos platyrhynchos L.) in
southcentral Manitoba. M.S. Thesis, Univ. of British
Columbia, Vancourver. 82 pp.
Perry, M. C., and F. M. Uhler. 1976. Availability and
utilization of canvasback food organisms in Chesapeake Bay.
Atl. Estuarine Res. Soc., Rehobeth Beach, Del. 25 pp.
Perry, M. C., and F. M. Uhler. 1982. Food habits of diving
ducks in the Carolinas. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc.
Fish and Wildl. Agencies 36:492-504.
Peter, R., Welsh, H., and Denny, Patrick. 1979. The
translocation of lead and copper in two submerged aquatic
angiosperm species: J. of Experim. Bot., v. 30, #115, p.
339-345.
Peterka, J. J. l986. Effects of salinity on survial and
reproductive success of fishes, upper Great Plains. Proc.
North Dakota Acad. Sci. 40:32.
Peterka, J. J., and D. A. Hanson. 1978. Annual report. Procect
F-32-R-1. Chemical and physical characteristics of the James
River, from Arrowwood Refuge to the outflow of the Jamestown
Dam, North Dakota. North Dakota Game and Fish Dept.,
Bismarck, N.D. 19 pp.
Petkova, L. M., and I. P. Lubyanou. 1969. Konsentratsiia
deiakykh microelementiv u makrofitiv vodoim stepvoi zony
Ukrainy. Ukr. Bot. Zh. 26:90-96 (not seen).
Petrova, I. A. 1986. Ash content of macrophytes in lakes of
various types in the southern Urals. Hydrobiol. J.
22:42-47.
Peverly, J. H. 1985. Element accumulation and release by
macrophytes in a wetland stream. J.Environ. Qual.
14:137-143.
Philbrick, C. T., and G. J. Anderson. 1987. Implications of
pollen/ovule ratios and polen size for the reproductive
biology of Potamogeton and autogamy in aquatic angiosperms.
Syst. Bot. 12:98-105.
Philip, G. 1936. An enalid plant association in the Humber
Estuary. Journal of Ecology. 24:205-219.
Philipp, C. C., and R. G. Brown. 1965. Ecological studies of
transition-zone vascular plants in South River, Maryland.
Chesapeake Sci. 6:73-81.
Phillips, G. L., D. Eminson, and B. Moss. 1978. A mechanism to
account for macrophyte decline in progressively
eutrophicated freshwaters. Aquat. Bot. 4:103-126.
Phillips, J. 1970. Wisconsin's wetland soils. A review. Wisc.
Dept. Natural Resour. Res. Rep. 57. 27 pp.
Phillips, J. C. 1923. A natural history of the ducks. Vol. II.
The genus Anas. Houghton Mifflin Co., N.Y. 409 pp.
Phillips, R. C. 1958. Extension of the distribution of Ruppia
maritima var. obliqua (Schur.) aschers. and graebn. Quart.
J. Fla. Aca. Sci. 21:185-186.
Phillips, R. C. 1960. Observations on the ecology and
distribution of the Florida sea grasses. Professional
Papers Series, Fla. Board Conserv. 2:1-72.
Phillips, R. C. 1960. The ecology of plants of Crystal Bay,
Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 23:328-337.
Pieczynska, E., and U. Sikorska, and T. Ozimek. 1975. Influence
of domestic sewage on the littoral zone of lakes. Pol.
Arch. Hydrobiol. 22:141-156.
Pieczynska, E., and T. Ozimek. 1976. Ecological significance of
lake macrophytes. Int. J. Ecol. Environ. Sci. 2:115-128.
Pielou, E. C., and R. D. Routledge. 1976. Salt marsh
vegetation: Latitudinal gradients in the zonation patterns.
Oecologia 24:311-321.
Pierce, L. S., and B. H. Tiffney. 1986. Holocene fruit, seed
and leaf flora from riverine sediments near New Haven,
Connecticut. Rhodora 88:229-252.
Pigott, C. D. 1969. Influence of mineral nutrition on the
zonation of flowering plants in coastal salt marshes. IN I.
H. Rorison ed. Ecological aspects of the mineral nutrition
of plants. Blackwell Scientific, London.
Pip, E. 1978. A survey of the ecology and composition of
submerged aquatic snail-plant communities. Can. J. Zool.
56:2263-2279.
Pip, E. 1979. Survey of the ecology of submerged aquatic
macrophytes in central Canada. Aquat. Bot. 7:339-357.
Pip, E. 1984. Ecogeographical tolerance range variation in
aquatic macrophytes. Hydrobiologia. 108(1):37-48.
Pip, E. 1987. The ecology of Potamogeton species in central
North America. Hydrobiol. 153:203-216.
Pirnie, M. D. 1935. Michigan waterfowl management. Michigan
Dept. Conserv., Game Div., Lansing. 328 pp.
Podlejski, V. D. 1981. Observations sur Scirpus maritimus L. en
Camargue. Ecol. Mediterran. 7:63-78.
Podlejski, V. 1982. Phenology and seasonal above-ground biomass
in two Scirpus maritimus marshes in the Camargue. Folia
Geobot. Phytotax. 17:225-236.
Poff, M. J. 1973. Species composition, distribution and
abundance of macrobenthic organisms in the intake and
discharge area after construction and operation of the Cedar
Bayou electric power station. M.S. Thesis. Texas A&M Univ.,
College Station. 300 pp.
Polisini, J. M., and C. E. Boyd. 1972. Relationships between
cell-wall functions, nitrogen, and standing crop in aquatic
macrophytes. Ecology 53:484-488.
Pomeroy, W. M., D. K. Gordon, and C. D. Levings. 1981.
experimental transplants of brackish and salt marsh species
on the Fraser river estuary. Environment Canada,
Environmental Protection Service, Canad. Tech. Rep. Fish.
Aquat. Sci. No. 1067.
Popp, M., and R. Albert. 1980. Freie aminosauran und
stickstoffgehalt in halophyten des Neusiedlersee-Gabietes.
Flora 170:229-239.
Portnoy, J. W., C. T. Roman, and M. A. Soukup. 1987. Hydrologic
and chemical impacts of diking and drainage of a small
estuary (Cape Cod National Seashore): effects on wildlife
and fisheries. Pp. 254-265 in W. R. Whitman and W. H.
Meredith, eds. Waterfowl and Wetlands Sympsoium. Proc.
Symp. Waterfowl Wetland Manage., in Coastal Zone of the
Atlantic Flyway. Delaware Coastal Manage. Prog., Delaware
Rep. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control, Dover, DE. 522 pp.
Posluszny, U., and R. Sattler. 1974. Floral development of
Ruppia maritima var. maritima. Can. J. Bot. 52:1607-1612.
Pot, R. 1984. The development of Potamogeton vegetation in the
Lauwersmeer. Acta. Bot. Neerl. 33:361-362.
Potzger, J. E., and W. A. Van Engel. 1942. Study of the rooted
aquatic vegetation of Weber Lake, Vilas County, Wisconsin.
Transactions of Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and
Letters 34:149-166.
Powell, R. G., R. Bajaj, and J. L. McLaughlin. 1987. Bioactive
stilbenes of Scripus maritimus. J. Natural Products
(Lloydia) 50:293-296.
Praeger, R. L. 1913. On the buoyancy of the seeds of some
Britannic plants. Proc. Roy. Dub. Soc. 14:13-62.
Pratt, C. D., and N. J. Andrews. 1980. Cattails (Typha spp.) as
an energy source. In (D. L. Klass, Symp. Chair.) Symp.
Energy from Biomass and Wastes IV. Inst. Gas Technol.,
Chicago, Ill.
Prejs, K. 1987. A field and laboratory study of the relation
between some stylet-bearing nematodes and some aquatic
vascular plants. Arch. Hydrobiol. 110:237-258.
Prejs, K. 1986a. Nematodes as a possible cause of rhizome
damage in three species of Potamogeton. Hydrobiol.
131:281-286.
Prejs, K. 1986b. Occurrence of stylet-bearing nematodes
associated with aquatic vascular plants. -Ekol pol.
34:185-192.
Prentki, R. T., M. S. Adams, S. R. Carpenter, A. Gasith, L. S.
Smith, and P. R. Weiler. 1979. The role of submersed
weedbeds in internal loading and interception of
allochthonous materials in Lake Wigra, Wisc, USA. Archiv
fur Hydrob. Supp., 57, 221-250.
Prentki, R. T., T. D. Gustafson, and M. S. Adams. 1978.
Nutrient movements in lakeshore marshes. Pages 169-194 in
R. E. Good, D. F. Whigham, and R. L. Simpson (eds.).
Freshwater wetlands: Ecological processes and management
potential. Academic Press, New York.
Prevost, M. B., A. S. Johnson, and J. L. Landers. 1978.
Production and utilization of waterfowl foods in brackish
impoundments in South Carolina. Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc.
Fish Wildl. Agencies 32:60-70.
Prevost, M. B., and C. M. Gresham. 1981. Artificial
establishment of saltmarsh bulrush seedlings in South
Carolina. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 9:310-319.
Prevost, M. B. 1987. Management of plant communities for
waterfowl in coastal South Carolina. pp. 168-183 in W. R.
Whitman and W. H. Meredith eds. Waterfowl and wetlands
symposium: Waterfowl and Wetlands Management in Coastal Zone
of the Atlantic Flyway. Delaware Coastal Manage. Prog.,
Delaware Dept. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control, Dover. 522 pp.
Price, J. S., K. Ewing, M-K Woo, and K. A. Kershaw. 1988.
Vegetation patterns in James Bay coastal marshes. II.
Effects of hydrology on salinity and vegetation. Can. J.
Bot. 66:2586-2594.
Prophet, C. W., and B. A. Carrillo. 1979. Gross primary
productivity in a small Kansas Lake, based on continuous
in-situ recordings, 24 March-31, June 1977. Southwest. Nat.
24:667-676.
Provost, M. W. 1959. Impounding salt marshes for mosquito
control and its effects on bird life. Fla. Nat. 32:163-170.
Provost, M. W. 1967. Managing impounded salt marshes for
mosquito control and estuarine resource conservation. pp.
163-171 in J. D. Newsom (ed.). Proc. marsh and estuary
manage. symp. Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge.
Pulich, W. M., Jr. 1985. Seasonal growth dynamics of Ruppia
maritima L.s.l. and Halodule wrightii Aschers. in southern
Texas and evaluation of sediment fertility status. Aquat.
Bot. 23:53-66.
Pulich, W. M., Jr. 1986. Variations in leaf soluable amino
acids and ammonium content in subtropical seagrasses related
to salinity stress. Plant Physiol. 80:283-286.
Pulich, W. M., Jr. 1989. Effects of rhizosphere macronutrients
and sulfide levels on the growth physiology of Halodule
wrightii aschers and Ruppia maritima L. S. I. J. Exp. Mar.
Biol. Ecol. 127:69-80.
Purer, E. A. 1942. Plant ecology of the coastal salt marshlands
of San Diego County, California. Ecol. Monogr. 12:81-111.
Purohit, R. 1981. Phytosociology, productivity, and growth
behavior of Potamogeton pectinatus in relation to
physico-chemical limnology of the lake Naini Tal (India).
Ph.D. Thesis, Kumaun Univ., Naini Tal. 416 pp.
Purohit, R., and S. P. Singh. 1981. Seasonal variation in
physico-chemical limnology of shallow zones of Nainitel
Lake, western Himalaya (India). Proc. Indian Nat. Sci. Acad.
B47(2):194-203.
Purohit, R., S. P. Singh, and N. Upreti. 1986. Effect of
non-removal of the macrophyte biomass on the characteristics
of water and plant community in Lake Naini Tal, U.P., India.
Int. Rev. Hydrobiol. 71:245-257.
Putschog, V. 1973. Role of macrophyte plant communities in the
Nesyt fishpond. pp 153-155 in: (J. Kvet, ed.) Littoral of
the Nesyt fishpond. Ecological Studies. Studdie CSAU 15,
Academia. Parha, Czechoslovakia. 172 pp.
Quay, T. L., and T. S. Critcher. 1962. Food habits of waterfowl
in Currituck Sound, North Carolina. Proc. Southeastern
Assoc. Game and Fish Commissioners 16:200-208.
Rai, D. N., and U. P. Sharma. 1991. Co-relation between
macrophytic biomass and macro-invertebrate community
structure in wetlands of North-Bihar. Int. J. Ecol.
Environ. Sci. 17:27-36.
Ramirez, C., and J. San Martin. 1984. Hydrophilous vegetation
of a coastal lagoon in central Chile. Int. J. Ecol.
Environ. Sci. 10:93-110.
Ranwell, D. S. 1961. Spartina marshes in Southern England. I.
The effects of sheep grazing at the upper limits of Spartina
marsh in Bridgwater Bay. J. Ecol. 49:325-340.
Ranwell, D. S. 1964. Spartina salt marshes in Southern England.
II. Rates of establishment, succession and nutrient supply
at Bridgwater Bay, Somerset. J. Ecol. 52:95-105.
Ranwell, D. S. 1972. Ecology of salt marshes and sand dunes.
Chapman and Hall, London. 258 pp.
Ravanko, O. 1972. The physiognomy and structure of the benthic
macrophyte communities on rocky shores in the southwestern
archipelago of Finland (Seili Islands). Nova Hedwigia
23:363-403.
Raven, J. A. 1970. Exogenous inorganic carbon sources in plant
photosynthesis. Biol. Rev. Camb.-Philos. Soc. 45:167-221.
Rawls, C. K. 1978. Food habits of waterfowl in the Upper
Chesapeake Bay, Maryland. University of Maryland Center for
Environ. Estuar. Stud., Solomons. 140 pp.
Rawson, D. S., and J. E. Moore. 1944. The saline lakes of
Saskatchewan. Can. J. Res. 22:141-201.
Reed, A. 1989. Use of a freshwater tidal marsh in the St.
Lawrence Estuary by greater snow geese. Pp. 605-616 in R.
R. Shartiz and J. W. Gibbons, eds. Freshwater Wetlands and
Wildlife Conf., DOE Symposium series No. 61, U.S.
Department of Energy, Office of Sci. and Tech. Infor., Oak
Ridge, Tennessee.
Reed, P. B. Jr. 1988. National list of plant species that occur
in wetlands: North plains (Region 4). U.S. Fish Wildl.
Serv. Biol. Rep. 88 (26.4).
Rees, T.K. 1935. The marine algae of Loch Ine. J. Ecol. 23:69-
133 (not seen, cited in Chapman 1974).
Reddy, K. R., and L. O. Bagnall. 1981. Biomass production of
aquatic plants used in agricultural drainage water
treatment. In: 2nd International Gas. Res. Conf. Proc.
Govt. Inst., Inc. Rockville, MD. pp. 376-390.
Reddy, K. R., and K. M. Portier. 1987. Nitrogen utilization by
Typha latifolia L. as affected by temperature and rate of
nitrogen application. Aquat. Bot., 27:127-138.
Reed, S. E. 1979. The distribution and seasonality of the
Benthic Aquatic macrophytesof the Pamlico River Estuary,
North Carolina. M.S. Thesis, East Carolina University,
Greenville, N.C. 55 pp.
Reeders, H. H., M. E. P. van Schovbroeck, B. Gopal, and A. H.
Pieterse. 1986. Aquatic weeds and their implications for
agriculture in the Chambal irrigated area, Kota
(Re'jasthan), India. Pp. 251-255 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp.
Aquat. Weeds. European Weed Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Biol.
Reese, M. C.,and K. S. Lubinski. 1983. A survey and annotated
checklist of late summer aquatic and floodplain vascular
flora, middle and lower pool 26, Mississippi and Illinois
Rivers. Castanea 48:305-316.
Reimold, R. J. 1977. Mangals and salt marshes of eastern United
States. Pp. 157-166 in V. J. Chapman, ed. Ecosystems of
the world I. Wet coastal ecosystems. Elsevier, New York.
428 pp.
Reimold, R. J., R. A. Linthurst, and P. L. Wolf. 1975. Effects
of grazing on a salt marsh. Biol. Conserv. 8:105-125.
Reinink, K., and J. van der Toorn. 1975. Effect of changes in
water-table on the vegetation development of reedbeds in the
Zuid-Flevoland area. Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch., Afd.
Natuurk. 2e Reeks, 67:120-126.
Rejmanek, M., J.G. Gosselink, and S.E. Sasser. 1990. Herbivory-
dependent facilitation succession in the Atchafalaya delta,
Louisiana. Bulletin of the Ecological Society of America,
Supplement to 71: 298.
Rejmankova, E. 1978. Growth, production and nutrient uptake of
duckweeds in fishponds and in experimental culture. pp.
278-284 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral
ecosytems. Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag.
N.Y. 464 pp.
Rendle, A. B. 1930. The classification of flowering plants.
Vol. 1. Cambridge Univ. Press, England.
Reynolds, J. D., and S. C. P. Reynolds. 1975. Aquatic
angiosperms of some British Columbia saline lakes. Syesis.
8:291-295.
Reznicek, J. 1973. The population of waterfowl on the Opatovicky
fishpond in the summer periods of 1970, 1971 and 1972. pp.
220-223 in S. Hejny ed., Ecosystem study on wetland biome in
Czechoslovakia. Czechosl. IBP/PT-PP Rep. No. 3. Trebon.
Rich, P. H., R. G. Wetzel, and N. Van Thuy. 1971. Distribution,
production, and role of aquatic macrophytes in a southern
Michigan marl lake. Freshwater Biol. 1:3-21.
Rich, P. H. 1966. Productivity of Aquatic Macrophytes at Erie
Marsh. Michigan State Univ., M.S. Thesis. 103 pp.
Richardson, F. D. 1980. Ecology of Ruppia maritima L. in New
Hampshire (U.S.A.) tidal marshes. Rhodora 82:403-439.
Rickett, H. W. 1922. A quantitative study of the larger aquatic
plants of Lake Mendota. Trans. Wisc. Acad. Arts Sci.
Lett. 20:501-527.
Rickett, H. W. 1924. A quantitative study of the larger aquatic
plants of Green Lake, Wisconsin. Trans. Wisc. Acad. Arts
Sci. Lett. 21:381-414.
Ridley, H. N. 1930. The dispersal of plants throughout the
world. L. Reeve and Co., Ltd., London. 744 pp. (Not seen,
cited by Kadlec and Wentz 1974).
Riemer, D. N., and S. J. Toth. 1968. A survey of the chemical
composition of aquatic plants in New Jersey. N.J. Agr. Exp.
Sta., Coll. Agric. Environ. Sci., Rutgers Univ., Bull. 820.
14 pp.
Riley, C. V. 1954. The utilization of reclaimed coal striplands
for the production of wildlife. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf.
19:324-337.
Riley, J. L., and S. M. McKay. 1980. The vegetation and
phytogeography of Coastal Southwestern James Bay. Life Sci.
Cont., Royal Ontario Mus. No. 124. 81 pp.
Ristich, S. S., S. W. Frederick, and E. H. Buckley. 1976.
Transplantation of Typha and the distribution of vegetation
and algae in a reclaimed estuarine marsh. Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club. 103:157-164.
Rivard, P. G., and P. M. Woodard. 1988. Light, ash, and pH
effects on the germination and seedling growth of Typha
latifolia (cattail). Can. J. Bot. 67:2783-2787.
Robarts, R. D. 1976. Primary productivity of the upper reaches
of a South African estuary (Swartvlei). J. Exp. Mar. Biol.
Ecol. 24:93-102.
Robarts, R. D., and B. R. Allanson. 1977. Meromixis in the
lake-like upper reaches of a South African estuary. Archiv
fur Hydrobiologie. 80:531-540.
Robel, R. J. 1961a. Water depth and turbidity in relation to
growth of sago pondweed. J. Wildl. Manage. 25:436-438.
Robel, R. J. 1961b. The effects of carp populations on the
production of waterfowl food plants on a western waterfowl
marsh. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. and Nat. Resour. Conf.
26:147-159.
Robel, R. J. 1962. Changes in submerged vegetation following a
change in water level. J. Wildl. Manage. 26:221-224.
Robson, T. O. 1976. A review of the distribution of aquatic
weeds in the tropic and sub-tropics. pp. 25-30 in C. K.
Varshney and J. Rzoska, eds. Aquatic weeds in S.E. Asia.
Dr. W. Junk, The Hague.
Rogers, J. P., and L. J. Korschgen. 1966. Foods of lesser
scaups on breeding, migration, and wintering areas. J.
Wildl. Manage. 30:258-264.
Rollins, G. L. 1973. Relationships between soil salinity and
the salinity of applied water in the Suisun marsh of
California. Calif. Fish and Game 59:5-35.
Round, F. E. 1971. The growth and succession of algal
populations in freshwaters. Mitt. Int. Verein. Theor.
Angew. Limnol. 19:70-99.
Rozas, L. P., and R. J. Zimmerman. 1994. Comparing nekton
habitat use in upper Galveston Bay to develop design
criteria for creating ecologically functional salt marshes.
p. 41 in Soc. Wetland Scientists 15th Annual Meeting.
(abstr).
Rozema, J., F. Dorel, R. Janissen, G. Lenssen, R. Broekman, W.
Arp, and B. G. Drake. 1991. Effect of elevated atmospheric
CO2 on growth, photosynthesis and water relations of salt
marsh grass species. Aquat. Bot. 39:45-55.
Rozkowska, A. D., and A. Rozkowski. 1969. Seasonal changes of
slough and lake water chemistry in southern Saskatchewan
(Canada). Jour. Hydrol. 7:1-13.
Roznik, F. D. 1978. Response of the yellow-headed blackbird to
vegetation and water level changes in the coastal marshed of
Green Bay. MS Thesis. Univ. Wisconsin-Green Bay. 99 pp.
Ruttner, F. 1947. Zur Frage der Karbonatassimilation der
Wasserpflanzen.I. Teil. Die beiden Haupttypen der
Kohlenstoffaufnahme. Osterreichische Bot.Z. 94:265-294.
Ryan, J. B., D. N. Riemer, and S. J. Toth. 1972. Effects of
fertilization on aquatic plants, water and bottom sediments.
Weed Sci. 20:482-486.
Ryan, J. B., and D. N. Riemer. 1975. Copper toxicity symptoms
in sago pondweed, Potamogeton pectinatus. Proc. Northeast
Weed Sci. Soc. 29:108-113.
Ryder, R. A. 1951. Waterfowl Production in the San Luis Valley,
Colorado. M.S. Thesis. Colorado State Univ., Ft. Collins.
166 pp.
Sack, F. D., A. C. Leopold, and F. A. Hoekstra. 1988.
Structural correlates of imbiblitional injury in typha
pollen. Am. J. Bot. 75:570-578.
Saenger, P., M. M. Specht, R. L. Specht, and V. J. Chapman.
1977. Mangal and coastal salt marsh communities in
Australia. Pp. 293-345 in V. J. Chapman, ed. Ecosystems of
the world 1. Wet coastal ecosystems. Elsevier, New York.
420 pp.
Sahai, R., and A. B. Sinha. 1976. Productivity of submerged
macrophytes in polluted and non-polluted resions of the
eutrophic lake, Ramgarh (V.P.) pp 131-140 in C. K. Varshney
and J. Rzoska, eds. Aquatic weeds in SE Asia. Dr. W. Junk,
The Hague.
Saiki, M. K., and T. P. Lowe. 1987. Selenium in aquatic
organisms from subsurface agricultural drainage water, San
Joaquin Valley, California. Archives of Environmental
Contamination and Toxicology. 16:657-670.
Sale, P. J. M., and R. G. Wetzel. 1983. Growth and metabolism
of Typha species in relation to cutting treatments. Aquat.
Bot. 15:321-334.
Salyer, J. C. II. 1949. Propagation of wild duck foods. U.S.
Fish and Wildl. Serv., Branch of Wildl. Refuges Wildl.
Manage. Ser. No. 1 (revised). 23 pp.
Sandifer, P. A., J. V. Miglarese, D. R. Calder, et al. 1980.
Ecological characterization of the Sea Island coastal region
of South Carolina and Georgia. Vol. III: Biological
features of the characterization area. U.S. Fish and Wildl.
Serv., Off. of Biol. Serv., Washington, DC. FWS/OBS-79/42.
620 pp.
Sand-Jensen, K. 1983. Photosynthetic carbon sources of stream
macrophytes. J. Exp. Bot. 34:198-210.
Sand-Jensen, K., and D. M. Gordon. 1984. Differential ability
of marine and freshwater macrophytes to utilize HCO3 and
CO2. Mar. Biol. 80:247-253.
Sasser, C. E. 1977. Distribution of vegetation in Louisiana
coastal marshes as response to tidal flooding. M.S. Thesis,
Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. 40 pp.
Saunders, G. B., and D. C. Saunders. 1981. Waterfowl and their
wintering grounds in Mexico, 1937-64. U.S. Fish and Wildl.
Serv. Resour. Pub. 138.
Sauvageau, M. C. 1894. Notes biologiques sur les potamogeton.
J. de Botanique 8. (not seen).
Schiemer, F., and M. Prosser. 1976. Distribution and biomass of
submerged macrophytes in Neusiedlersee. Aquat. Bot.
2:289-307.
Schindler, D. W. 1978. Factors regulating phytoplankton
production and standing crop in the world's fresh waters.
Limnol. and Oceanogr. 23:478-486.
Schloesser, D. W., T. A. Edsall, and B. A. Manny. 1985. Growth
of submersed macrophyte communities in the St. Clair-Detroit
River System between Lakes Huron and Erie. Can. J. Bot.
63:1061-1065.
Schmid, W. D. 1965. Distribution of aquatic vegetation as
measured by line intercept with scuba. Ecology 46:816-823.
Schneider, J. C. 1965. Further studies on the benthic ecology
of Sugar Loaf Lake, Washtenaw County, Michigan. Pap. Mich.
Acad. Sci., Arts Lett. 50:11-29.
Schroder, R. 1979. Decline of reed swamps in Lake
Constance. Symp. Biologica Hungarica 19:43-48.
Schwartz, D. P., O. E. Maughan, and G. E. Gebhart. 1986.
Effectiveness of blue tilapia as a weed control agent in
ponds. Prog. Fish-Cult. 48:259-263.
Schroeder, R. A., D. U. Palawski, and J. P. Skorupa. 1988.
Reconnaissance investigation of water quality, bottom
sediment, and biota associated with irrigation drainage in
the Tulare Lake Bed area, southern San Joaquin Valley,
California, 1986-87. U.S. Geol. Surv., Water-Res. Invet.
Rept. 88-4001.
Schuler, C. A. 1987. Impacts of agricultural drainwater and
contaminants on wetlands at Kesterson Reservoir, California.
M.S. Thesis, Oregon State University, Corvallis. 136 pp.
Schuyler, A. E. 1975. Scirpus cylindricus: An ecologically
restricted eastern North American tuberous bulrush.
Bartonia 43:29-37.
Scott, K. M. F., A. D. Harrison, and W. Macnae. 1952. The
ecology of South African estuaries. Part II. The Klein
River Estuary, Hermanus, Cape. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr.
33:283-331.
Scott, K. M. F. 1954. Notes on the birds of the Diep River and
Riet Vlei. Ostrich 25:25-31.
Scott, T. G., and C. H. Wasser. 1980. Checklist of North
American plants for wildlife biologists. The Wildlife
Society, Washington, D.C. 58 pp.
Sculthorpe, C. D. 1967. The biology of aquatic vascular plants.
Edward Arnold Ltd., London. 610 pp.
Seddon, B. 1972. Aquatic macrophytes as limnological
indicators. Freshwater Biol. 2:107-130.
Seeliger, V., C. Cordazzo, and E. W. Koch. 1984. Germination
and algae-free laboratory culture of Widgeon Grass, Ruppia
martima. Estuaries 7:176-178.
Sefton, D. F. 1977. Productivity and biomass of vascular
hydrophytes on the upper Mississippi. Pages 53-61 in C.B.
Dewitt and E. Soloway (eds.). Wetlands ecology, values, and
impacts: proceedings of the Waubesa Conference on Wetlands,
Institue for Environmental Studies, Univ. of
Wisconsin-Madison.
Segadas-Vianna, F. 1951. A Phytosociological and ecological
study of cattail stands in Oakland County, Michigan. J.
Ecol. 39:316-329.
Seidel, K. 1971. Macrophytes as functional elements in the
environment of man. Hidrobiologia (Bucharest) 12:121-130.
Seidel, K. 1976. Macrophyte and water pollution. Pp. 109-121
in J. Tourbier and R. W. Pierson, eds. Biological control
of water pollution. Univ. of Pennsylvania Press,
Philadelphia. 340 pp.
Seidelin Raunkiaer, A., and J. Boye Petersen. 1917. In:
Wesenberg Lund, C., Sand, M.J. Boye Petersen, J., Weidilin
Raunkiaer, A., and C.M. Steeberg.Furesostudier, K. Dan
Vidensk. Selsk Skr. Nat. Mat. Afd., Rackke 8,3, No.1:58-77
(cited in Hutchinson, 1975)
Serie, J. R., and G. A. Swanson. 1976. Feeding ecology of
breeding gadwalls on saline wetlands. J. Wildl. Manage.
40:69-81.
Setchell, W. A. 1924. Ruppia and its environmental factors.
Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 10:286-288.
Setchell, W. A. 1946. The genue Ruppia L. Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 25:469-478.
Severson, R. C., S. A. Wilson, and J. M. McNeal. 1987. Analyses
of bottom material collected at nine areas in the western
United States for the DOI irrigation drainage task group:
U.S. Geol. Surv. Open-File Rept. 87-490. 24 pp.
Sewell, R. W. 1989. Floral and Faunal colonization of restored
wetlands in west-central Minnesota and northeastern South
Dakota. M.S. Thesis, South Dakota State Univ., Brookings.
46 pp.
Shaffer, G., C.E. Sasser, J.G. Gosselink, and M. Rejmanek. 1990.
A decade of vegetation dynamics in the emergent Atchafalaya
Delta, Louisiana. Bulletin of the Ecological Society of
America, Supplement to 71: 322-323.
Sharma, K. P., and B. Gopal. 1979. Effect of water regime on
the growth and establishment of Typha angustata seedlings.
Int. J. Ecol., and Env. Sci. 5:69-74.
Sharma, K. P., and B. Gopal. 1978. Seed germination and
occurrence of seedlings of Typha species in nature. Aquat.
Bot. 4:353-358.
Sharp, V., and P. Denny. 1976. Electron microscope studies on
the absorption and localization of lead in the leaf tissue
of Potamogeton pectinatus L. J. Exp. Bot. 27:1155-1162.
Sharp, W. M. 1939. Propagation of Potamogeton and Sagittaria
from seeds. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 4:351-358.
Shaver, G. R., and J. M. Melillo. 1984. Nutrient Budgets of
Marsh Plants: Efficiency concepts and relation to
availability. The Ecosystem Center, Marine Biological Lab.,
Woods Hole, Mass. Ecology., 65 (5) pp. 1491-1510.
Shay, J. M., and C. T. Shay. 1986. Prairie marshes in western
Canada, with specific reference to the ecology of five
emergent macrophytes. Can. J. Bot. 64:443-454.
Shearer, L. A., B. J. Jahn, and L. Lenz. 1969. Deterioration of
duck foods when flooded. J. Wildl. Manage. 33:1012-1015.
Shekhor, A. G. 1974. Effect of nowing times on regeneration of
reed and redmace growths. Hydro. biol. Journ. 10:61-65.
Sheldon, R. B., and C. W. Boylen. 1977. Maximum depth inhabited
by aquatic vascular plants. Amer. Midl. Nat. 97:248-254.
Sheldon, S. P. 1987. The effect of herbivorous snails on
submerged macrophyte communities in Minnesota Lakes. Ecol.
68:1920-1931.
Shellhammer, H. S., R. Jackson, W. Davilla, A. M. Gilroy, H. T.
Harvey, and L. Simons. 1982. Habitat preferences of salt
marsh harvest mice (Reithrodontomys raviventris). Wasmann
J. Biol. 40:102-114.
Sherwood, G. A. 1959. The whistling swan in the Great Salt Lake
Valley of Utah. M.S. Thesis. Utah State Univ. Logan.
Sheffer, V. B., and R. J. Robinson. 1939. A limnological study
of Lake Washington. Ecol. Monogr. 9:97-143.
Shubert, L. E. 1982. Periphyton production in a saline prairie
pothole. N.D. Acad. Sci., Proc. 36:48. (Abstr.).
Shisler, J. K. 1990. Creation and restoration of coastal
wetlands of the northeastern United States. pp. 143-170 in
J.A. Kusler and M. E. Kentula eds. Wetland creation and
restoration. The status of the science. Inland Press,
Washington, D.C. 594 pp.
Sifton, H. B. 1959. The germination of light-sensitive seeds of
Typha latifolia L. Can. J. Bot. 37:719-739.
Sigler, W. F. 1948. Aquatic and shore vegetation of Spirit
Lake, Dickenson County, Iowa. Iowa State Coll. Jour. Sci.
23:103-124.
Sigler, W. F. 1958. The ecology and use of carp in Utah. Utah
State Univ., Logan Agric. Expt. Sta. Bull. 405. 63 pp.
Sigua, G. C., and W. H. Hudnall. 1992. Nitrogen and gypsum:
Management tools for revegetation and productivity
improvement of brackish marsh in southwest Louisiana.
Commun. Soil Sci. Plant Anal. 23:283-299.
Siira, J. 1970. Studies in the ecology of the seashore meadows of
the Bothnian Bay with special reference to the Liminka area.
Aquilo Ser. Bot. 9:1-109.
Simmons, E. G. 1957. An ecological survey of the upper Laguna
Madre of Texas. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex.
4:156-200.
Simpson, H. E. 1912. Physiography of the Devils-Stump Lake
Region, North Dakota. N.D. Geol. Surv. 6th Bien. Rep. pp.
103-157.
Sincock, J. L. 1962. Estimating consumption of food by
wintering waterfowl populations. Proc. Southeastern Assoc.
Game and Fish Commissioners 16:217-221.
Sincock, J. L. 1965. Data Report - Back Bay, Virginia and
Currituck Sound, North Carolina Cooperative Investigations.
Patuxent Wildlife Research Center, Laurel, Maryland. 1600
pp.
Singh, S. P. 1981. Physico-chemical characteristics and
macrophytes of "Naukuchiya Tal" a mid altitude lake of
Kumaun Himalaya (India) Tropical Ecol. 22(1):40-53.
Singhal, P. K., and J. S. Singh. 1978. Ecology of Naina tal
Lakes; morphometry and macrophyte vegetation. Tropical
Ecology. 19(2):178-188.
Singleton, J. R. 1951. Production and utilization of waterfowl
food plants on the east Texas Gulf Coast. J. Wildl.
Manage. 15:46-56.
Sinha, A. B. 1970. Studies on the bioecology and production of
Ramgarh Lake, Gorakhpur. Ph.D. Thesis, Gorakhpur Univ. (not
seen, cited in Purohit (1981)).
Skinner, J., and M. Smart. 1984. The El Kala wetlands of
Algeria and their use by waterfowl. Wildfowl 35:106-118.
Skrdla, M. P. 1992. A Guide to Map and Image Processing System.
Microimages Inc., Lincoln, NE. 320 pp.
Sletten, K. K., and G. E. Larson. 1984. Possible relationships
between surface water chemistry and aquatic plants in the
northern Great Plains. Proc. S.D. Acad. Sci. 63:70-76.
Sloan, C. E. 1970. Biotic and hydrologic variables in prairie
potholes in North Dakota. J. Range Manage. 23:260-263.
Small, E., and J. D. Gaynor. 1975. Comparative concentrations
of twelve elements in substrates and leaves of Scirpus
validus and other aquatic plant species in a sewage lagoon
and in unpolluted habitats. Can. Field-Nat. 89:41-45.
Smeins, F. E. 1965. The grassland and marshes of Nelson County,
North Dakota. M.S. Thesis, University of Saskatchewan,
Saskatoon. 82 pp.
Smeins, F. E. 1967. The wetland vegetation of the Red River
Valley and drift prairie regions of Minnesota, North Dakota
and Manitoba. Ph.D. Thesis. University of Saskatchewan,
Saskatoon. 226 pp.
Smid, P., and K. Priban. 1978. Microclimate in fishpond
littoral ecosystems. pp. 104-112 in (D. Dykyjova and J.
Kvet eds.). Pond littoral ecosystems. Springer-Verlag, New
York. 464 pp.
Smit, C. J., J. den Hollander, J. W. K. R. E. van Wingerden, and
W. J. Wolf. eds. 1981. Terrestrial and freshwater fauna of
the Wadden Sea area. Wadden Sea Working Group Rpt. No. 10.
Rotterdam: Balkema. (not seen, cited in Adam 1990).
Smith, C. S., M. S. Adams, and T. D. Gustafson. 1988. The
importance of belowground mineral element stores in cattails
(Typha latifolia L.). Aquat. Bot. 30:343-352.
Smith I. 1979. Hydraulic conditions in isothermal lakes.
Freshw. Biol. 9:119-145.
Smith, J. D. 1946. The canvasback in Minnesota. Auk. 63:73-81.
Smith, L. M. 1983. Effects of prescribed burning on the ecology
of a Utah marsh. Ph.D. Thesis. Utah State University,
Logan. 158 pp.
Smith, L.M. l988. Lack of herbivory in playa wetlands. Wetlands
8: 193-197.
Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec. 1986. Habitat management for
wildlife marshes of Great Salt Lake. Trans. North Am.
Wildl. and Resour. Conf. 51:222-231.
Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec. 1985a. The effects of
disturbance on marsh seed banks. Can. J. Bot. 63:2133-2137.
Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec. 1985b. Comparisons of
prescribed burning and cutting of Utah marsh plants. Great
Basin Nat. 45:462-466.
Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec. 1985c. Fire and herbivory in a
great salt lake marsh. Ecol. 66:259-265.
Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec. 1985d. Predictions of
vegetation change following fire in a Great Salt Lake marsh.
Aquat. Bot. 21:43-51.
Smith, L. M., J. A. Kadlec, and P. V. Fonnesbeck. 1984. Effects
of prescribed burning on nutritive quality of marsh plants
in Utah. J. Wildl. Manage. 48:285-288.
Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec. 1983. Seed banks and their role
during drawdown of a North American marsh. J. Appl. Ecol.
20:673-684.
Smith, M. M. 1951. The winter foods of river and pond ducks in
the Phoenix area of plaque mines - Parish, Louisiana. M.S.
Thesis. Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rougt. 56 pp.
Smith, R. S., and S. P. Rushton. 1994. The effects of grazing
management on the vegetation of mesotrophic (meadow)
grassland in northern England. J. Appl. Ecol. 31:13-24.
Smith, S. G. 1967. Experimental and natural hybrids in North
American Typha (Typhaceae). Am. Midl. Nat. 78:257-287.
Smith, S. G. 1973. Ecological studies of the surface waters of
the White water Creek watershed, Walworth, Rock and
Jefferson Counties, Wisc. Univ. of Wisc. Water Resour.
Center, Madison. 75 pp.
Smith, S. G. 1986. The cattails (Typha): interspecific
ecological differences and problems of identification.
357-362.
Smith, S. G. 1995. New combinations in North American
Schoenoplectus, Bolboschoenus, Isolepis, and Trichophorum
(Cyperaceae). Novon 5:97-102.
Smith, T. J., III., and W. E. Odum. 1981. The effects of
grazing by snow geese on coastal salt marshes. Ecology
62:98-106.
Smith, T. J., III. 1983. Alteration of a salt marsh plant
community composition by grazing snow geese. Holarctic
Ecol. 6:204-210.
Snow, J. R. 1949. Control of pondweeds with 2,4-D. Prog. Fish
Cult. 11:105-108.
Snow, J. R. 1957. A preliminary report on the comparative
testing of some of the newer herbicides. Proc. S.E. Assoc.
Game and Fish Comm. 11:125-132.
Snyder, R. L., and C. E. Boyd. 1987. Evapotranspiration by
Eichhornia crassipes (Mart.) Solms and Typha latifolia L.
Aquat. Bot. 27:217-227.
Sobrero, M. T., O. A. Fernandez, and M. R. Sabbatini. 1993.
Seed germination of Typha subulata in relation to weed
management. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 31:98-100.
Sofield, R. K., and E. J. Hansens. 1982. Notes on biology of
Hybomitra daeckei (Hine) (Diptera: Tabanidae). Ent. News
93:67-69.
Soileau, D. M. 1968. Vegetative reinvasion of experimentally
treated plots in a brackish marsh. M. S. Thesis, Louisiana
State University, Baton Rouge. 75 pp.
Sojda, R. S., and K. L. Solberg. 1993. Management and control
of cattails. U. S. Dept. Int., Fish and Wildl. Serv., Fish
Wild. Lflt. 13.4.13
Soper, J. D. 1946. Report on wildlife investigations conducted
at Prairie Farm Rehabilitation Act projects in Saskatchewan
and Alberta, with special reference to waterfowl. Suppl.
No. 2. National Parks Bur., Lands, Parks and Forests
Branch, Dept. of Mines and Resour. Winnipeg, Manitoba.
92 pp.
South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium. 1986. South Carolina
coastal wetland impoundments: Ecological characterization,
management, status, and use. Vol. II. Technical synthesis.
Tech. Rep. SC-SG-TR-86-2. Charleston, S.C.
South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium. 1987. South Carolina
coastal wetland impoundments: Management implications.
Tech. Rep. SC-SG-TR-87-1. Charleston, S.C.
Southwick, C. H., and F. W. Pine. 1975. Abundance of submerged
vascular vegetation in the Rhode River from 1966 to 1973.
Chesapeake Sci. 16:147-151.
Sozska, G. J. 1975. Ecological relations between invertebrates
and submerged macrophytes in the lake littoral. Ekol. Pol.
23:393-415.
Spence, D. H. N. 1982. The zonation of plants in freshwater
lakes. pp. 37-125 in: (A. Macfayden and E. D. Ford, eds.).
Advances in ecological research 12. Acad. Press, New York.
252 pp.
Spence, D. H. N., A. M. Barclay, and P. C. Bodkin. 1979.
Limnology and macrophytic vegetation of Loch Obisary, a deep
brackish lake in the Outer Hebrides. Proc. Royal Soc. of
Edinburgh. 788:123-138.
Spence, D. H. N., Allen, E. D., and Graser, J. 1979a. The
macrophytic vegetation of fresh and brackish waters in the
around Loch Druidibeg National Nature Reserve, South Uist,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 77B, 267-280.
Spence, D. H. N., and J. Chrystal. 1970a. Photosynthesis and
zonation of freshwater macrophytes. I. Depth distribution
and shade tolerance. New. Phytol. 69:205-215.
Spence, D. H. N. 1967. Factors controlling the distribution of
freshwater macrophytes with particular reference to the
lochs of Scotland. J. Ecol. 55:147-170.
Spence, D. H. N. 1964. The macrophyte vegetation of fresh-water
lochs, swamps and associated fens pp 306-425. In: The
Vegetation of Scotland (ed. by J. H. Burnett). Oliver and
Boyd, Edinburgh. 613 pp.
Spencer, D. F. 1987. Tuber size and planting depth influence
growth of Potemogeton pectinatus L. Am. Midl. Nat. 118:77-84
Spencer, D. F., and Anderson, L. W. J. 1987. Influence of
photoperiod on growth, pigment composition and vegetative
propagule formation for Potamogeton nodosus Poir. and
Potamogeton pectinatus L. Aquat. Bot., 28:103-112.
Spencer, D. F., and G. G. Ksander. 1987. Comparison of three
methods for extracting chlorophyll from aquatic macrophytes.
J. Freshw. Ecol. 4:201-208.
Spencer, D. F. 1986. Early growth of Potamogeton pectinatus L.
in response to temperature and irradiance: morphology and
pigment composition. Aquatic Bot. 26:1-8.
Spencer, D. F. 1986b. Tuber demography and its consequences for
Potamogeton pectinatus L. Proc. 7th Sym. Aquat. Weeds,
Loughborough. Pp. 321-325.
Spencer, D. F., G. G. Ksander, and L. C. Whitehand. 1989. Sago
pondweed (Potamogeton pectinatus) tuber size influences its
response to fluridone treatment. Weed Sci. 37:250-253.
Spencer, D. F., W. van Vierssen, F. J. Ryan, and G. G. Ksander.
1993. Influence of photoperiod and plant weight on tuber
production by Potamogeton pectinatus L. J. Freshw. Ecol.
8:1-11.
Spencer, C. N., and D. L. King. 1984. Role of fish in
regulation of plant and animal communities in eutrophic
ponds. Can. J. Fish Aquat. Sci. 41:1851-1855.
Spencer, H. E., Jr. 1953. The cinnamon teal, Anas cyanoptera
(Vieillot): its life history, ecology, and management. M.S.
Thesis, Utah State University, Logan. 184 pp.
Sperry, C. C. 1940. Food habits of a group of shorebirds:
woodcock, snipe, knot and dowitcher. U.S. Dep. Int. Bur.
Biol. Surv. Wildl. Resear. Bull. 1. 37 pp.
Spiller, S. F., and R. H. Chabreck. 1976. Wildlife populations
in coastal marshes influenced by weins. Proc. Annu. Conf.
SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 29:518-525.
Spink, A. J., K. J. Murphy, S. M. Smith, and D. F. Westlake.
1993. Effects of eutrophication on Ranunculus and
Potamogeton. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 31:113-117.
Spinner, G. P., and J. S. Bishop. 1950. Chemical analysis of
some wildlife foods in Connecticut. J. Wildl. Manage.
14:175-180.
Springer, P. F., and R. F. Darsie, Jr. 1956. Studies on
mosquito breeding in natural and impounded coastal salt
marshes in Delaware during 1955. Proc. N.J. Mosq. Exterm.
Assoc. 43:74-79.
St John, H., and W. D. Courtney. 1924. The flora of Epsom Lake.
Am. J. Bot. 11:100-107.
St. John, H. 1916. A revision of the North American species of
Potamogeton of the section Coleophyllis. Rhodora
18:121-138.
Stake, E. l968. Higher vegetation and phosphorus in a small
stream in central Sweden. Schweiz. Z. Hydrol. 30:353-373.
Stalter, R. 1973. Factors influencing the distribution of
vegetation of the Cooper River estuary. Castanea 38:18-24.
Staver, K. W., W. R. Boynton, and W. M. Kemp. 1981. The
Epifauna communities associated with two different submerged
grass beds in the Euryhaline Region of the Chesapeake Bay.
Pp. 401-422 in: (Kemp, J. C.; Stevenson, W. R.; Boynton, J.
C.; Means, eds.) submerged aquatic vegetation in Chesapeake
Bay: Its ecological role in bay ecosystems and factors
leading to its decline. Horn Point Environmental Lab., Univ.
of Md., Cambridge, MD.
Stebbings, R. E. 1970. Recovery of salt marsh in Brittany
sixteen months after heavy pollution by oil. Environ. Pol.
1:163-167.
Steeman Nielsen, E. 1954. On the preference of some freshwater
plants in Finland for brackish water. Bot. Tidsskr.
51:242-247.
Steeman Nielsen, S. 1944. Dependence of freshwater plants on
quantity of carbon dioxide and hydrogen ion concentration.
Dansk. bot. Ark. 11:1-25.
Steenis, J. H., L. P. Smith, and H. P. Cofer. 1958. Studies on
cattail management in the northeast. Trans. N.E. Wildl.
Conf. 10:149-155.
Steenis, J. H. 1939. Marsh management on the Great Plains
waterfowl refuges. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 4:400-405.
Steenis, J. H. 1932. Lakes of Sawyer County. Bull. Wis. Dept.
Agric. and Markets, No. 138. 53 pp.
Steffeck, D. W., L. Reed, F. L. Paveglio, Jr., and C. E.
Korschgen. 1985. Distribution of aquatic plants in Keokuk
Pool (Navigation Pool 19) of the Upper Mississippi River.
Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 92:111-114.
Sterling, M. R. l970. Seasonal utilization of sago pondweed by
waterfowl at Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge, Utah. M.S.
Thesis. Utah State Univ., Logan. 121 pp.
Stevenson, J. C., and N. M. Confer. 1978. Summary of available
information on Chesapeake Bay submerged vegetation. U.S.
Fish and Wildl. Serv. FWS/OBS-78/66.
Stewart, R. E. 1962. Waterfowl populations in the upper
Chesapeake region. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. Spec. Sci.
Rpt. Wildl. 65. 208 pp.
Stewart, R. E. 1975. Breeding birds of North Dakota.
Tri-college Center for Environmental Studies, Fargo. 295 pp.
Stewart, R. E., and H. A. Kantrud. 1971. Classification of
natural ponds and lakes in the glaciated prairie region.
U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Resour. Publ. 92. 57 pp.
Stewart, R. E., and H. A. Kantrud. 1972. Vegetation of prairie
potholes, North Dakota, in relation to quality of water and
other environmental factors. U.S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap.
585-D. 36 pp.
Stewart, R. E., and J. H. Manning. 1958. Distribution and
ecology of whistling swans in the Chesapeake Bay region.
Auk 75:203-211.
Stewart, B. A., and B. R. Davies. 1986. Effects of macrophyte
harvesting on invertebrates associated with Potamogeton
pectinatus L. in the Marina Da Gama, Zandvlei, Western Cape.
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Africa 46, Part 1:35-50.
Stieglitz, W. O. 1966. Utilization of available foods by diving
ducks on Apalachee Bay, Florida. Proc. Southeastern
Assoc. Game and Fish Commissioners 20:42-50.
Stieglitz, W. O. 1972. Food habits of the Florida duck. J.
Wildl. Manage. 36:422-428.
Stirrett, G. M. 1954. Field observations of geese in James Bay,
with special reference to the blue goose. Trans. N. Am.
Wildl. Conf. 19:211-220.
Stodola, J. 1967. Encyclopedia of water plants. T.H.F. Publ.,
Jersey City, New Jersey.
Stollberg, B. P. 1950. Food habits of shoal-water ducks on
Horicon Marsh, Wisconsin. J. Wildl. Manage. 14:214-217.
Stout, J. R. A. A. de la Cruz, and C. T. Hackney. 1978. The
effects of harvesting on the productivity of selected Gulf
Coast marsh species. pp. 80-93 in L.R. Brown, A. A. de la
Cruz, M. S. Ivester, J. P. Stout, C. T. Hackney, and R. W.
Landers. Evaluation of the ecological role and techniques
for management of tidal marshes on the Mississippi and
Alabama Gulf Coast. Final Report, Mississippi-Alabama Sea
Grant Consortium.
Strange, T. 1987. Goals and objectives of water level
manipulations in impounded wetlands in South Carolina. pp
130-137 in W. R. Whitman and W. H. Meredith eds. Waterfowl
and wetlands symposium: Proc. Symp. Waterfowl Wetlands
Manage. in coastal zone of the Atlantic Flyway. Delaware
Coastal Manage. Proc., Delaware Dept. Nat. Resour. Environ.
Control, Dover, Delaware. 522 pp.
Strawn, K. 1961. Factors influencing the zonation of submerged
monocctyledons at Cedarkey, Florida. J. Wildl. Manage.
25:178-189.
Strong, A., and B. Eadie. 1978. Satellite observations of
calcium carbonate precipitations in the Great Lakes.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 877-887.
Strong, M. T. 1993. New combinations in Schenoplectus
(Cyperaceae). Novon 3:202-203.
Strong, M. T. 1994. Taxonomy of Scirpus, Trichophorum, and
Schenoplectus (Cyperaceae) in Virginia. Bartonia 58:29-68.
Struthers, P. H. 1930. Carp control studies in the Cayuga and
Owasco lake basins. A biological survey of the Champlain
Watershed Suppl. to 19th Ann. Rept., N.Y. State Conserv.
Dept., pp 261-280.
Stuckey, R. L. 1975. A floristic analysis of the vascular plans
of a marsh at Perry's Victory Monument, Lake Erie. Michigan
Botanist 14:144-166.
Stuckey, R. L. 1971. Changes of vascular aquatic flowering
plants during 70 years in Pu-in-Bay Harbor, Lake Erie, Ohio.
Ohio J. Sci. 71:321-342.
Stutzenbaker, C. D., and M. W. Weller. 1989. The Texas coast.
Pp. 385-405 in L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M.
Kaminski, eds. Habitat management for migrating and
wintering waterfowl in North America. Texas Tech. Univ.
Press, Lubbock. 560 pp.
Sugden, L. G. 1973. Feeding ecoloy of pintail gadwall, American
wigeon and lesser scaup ducklings. Can. Wildl. Serv., Rep.
Ser. 24. 45 pp.
Sukopp, H. 1971. Effects of man, especially recreational
activities on littoral macrophytes. Hydrobiol. Bucur.
12:331-340.
Sullivan, M. J. 1977. Structural characteristics of a diatom
community epiphytic on Ruppia maritima. Hydrobiol.
53:81-86.
Summerhayes, V. S., and W. B. Turrill. 1948. Vegetation after
draining. Nature 161:421.
Summers, R. W., J. Stansfield, S. Perry, C. Atkins, and J.
Bishop. 1993. Utilization, diet and diet selection by
brent geese Branta bernicla bernicla on salt-marshes in
Norfolk. J. Zool. Lond. 231:249-273.
Suominen, J. 1968. Changes in the aquatic macroflora of the
polluted Lake Routavesi S.W. Finland. Ann. Bot. Fenn.
5:65-81.
Surber, E. W., C. E. Minarik, and W. B. Ennis, Jr. 1947. The
control of aquatic plants with phenoxyacetic compounds.
Prog. Fish Cult. 9:143-150.
Svenson, H. K. 1927. Studies on interior distribution of
maritime plants I. Effect of post-pleistocene maritime
submergence in eastern North America. Rhodora 29:41-48,
57-72, 87-93.
Swank, G., and G. A. Petrides. 1954. Establishment and food
habits of the nutria in Texas. Ecology 35:172.176.
Swanson, E. D. 1986. Grass carp stocking model and associated
impacts of their introduction in Colorado cold-water lakes.
M.S. Thesis. Colorado State Univ., Ft. Collins. 148 pp.
Swanson, G. A. 1986. Characteristics of prairie saline lakes
and their influence on waterfowl use. Proc. N. Dak. Acad.
Sci. 40:34.
Swanson, G. A., and J. C. Bartonek. 1970. Bias associated with
food analysis in gizzards of blue-winged teal. J. Wildl.
Manage. 34:739-746.
Swanson, G. A., and P. F. Springer. 1972. Wigeongrass balls on
alkali lakes. The Prairie Naturalist. 4:52-54.
Swanson, G. A., T. C. Winter, V. A. Adomaitis, and J. W. LaBaugh.
(in prep.) Chemical characteristics of prairie lakes in
southcentral North Dakota-their potential for impacting
fish and wildlife. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv.
Swenson, H. A., and B. R. Colby. 1955. Chemical quality of
surface waters in Devils Lake Basin, North Dakota. U.S.
Geol. Surv. Water Supply Pap. 1295. 82 pp.
Swiderek, P. K. 1982. Production, management, and waterfowl use
of sea purslane, Gulf Coast muskgrass, and widgeongrass in
brackish impoundments. M.S. Thesis. Univ. Ga., Athens.
105 pp.
Swindale, D. N., and J. T. Curtis. 1957. The phytosociology of
large submerged plants in Wisconsin lakes. Ecology
38:397-407.
Sykora, K. V., M. Van Katwijk, and R. Meier. 1987. Synecological
relations in the moist grasslands of Ballyteige Innish,
Ireland. pp. 95-106 in A. H. L. Huiskes, C. W. P. M. Blom,
and J. Rozema eds., Vegetation between land and sea.
Geobotany 11. Dr. W. Junk, Boston. 340 pp.
Szczepanska, W. 1971. Allelopathy among the aquatic plants.
Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol. 18:17-30.
Szczpanska, W. 1970. Periphyton of several lakes of the
Masurian Lakeland. Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol. 17:397-418.
Takhtajan, A. 1969. Flowering plants: origin and dispersal.
Translated from Russian by C. Jeffrey Smithsonian
Inst. Press, Washington, D.C.
Tamisier, A. 1971a. Les biomasses de nourriture desponible pour
les sarcelles d'hiver Anas crecca crecca en Camargue.
La Terre et La Vie 3:344-347.
Tamisier, A. 1971b. Regime alimentaire des sarcells d'hiver (Anas
crecca) en Camargue. Aluda 39:261-311. (not seen, cited in
Podlejski 1981).
Taniguchi, A. K. 1986. Microzooplankton abundance. pp. 203-231
in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman eds. 1986. South
Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological
characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II:
Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South
Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Taylor, G. J., A. A. Crowder, and R. Rodden. 1984. Formation
and morphology of an iron plaque on the roots of Typha
latifolia L. grown in solution culture. Am. J. Bot. 71:666 -
Taylor, K. L. 1992. Effects of vertebrate herbivory on Louisiana
coastal marshes. Ph.D. Thesis, Louisiana State University,
Baton Rouge. 144 pp.
Taylor, N. l939. Salt tolerance of Long Island salt marsh
plants. New York State Mus. Circ. 23. 42 pp.
Tazewell, C. M. 1957. Water quality criteria for aquatic life.
pp. 246-272 in: (C. M. Tazewell, ed.) Biological problems
in water pollution. U.S. Public Health Serv., R.A. Taft
Sanitary Engr. Center, Cincinatti, OH.
Tazik, P. P., and Wiley, M. J. 1984. A survey of problem
aquatic macrophytes in Illinois. Pp. 238-247 in Proc. Ill.
Conf. on Lake and Watershed Manage. Wat. Resour. Center
Spec. Rep. 15, Urbana-Champaign, Univ. Ill. 319 pp.
Teal, J. M. 1958. Distribution of fiddler crabs in Georgia salt
marshes. Ecology 39:185-193.
Tebo, L. B., Jr. 1955. Bottom fauna of a shallow euthrophic
lake, Lizard Lake, Pocahontas County, Iowa. Amer. Midl.
Nat. 54:89-103.
Teeter, J. W. 1963. The influence of sodium chloride on the
growth and reproduction of the sago pondweed (Potamogeton
pectinatus L.). M. S. Thesis, Utah State University, Logan.
73 pp.
Teeter, J. W. 1965. Effects of sodium chloride on the sago
pondweed. J. Wildl. Manage. 29:838-845.
Telford, H. S., and O. A. Stevens. 1942. Uses and management of
ponds and lakes. N D State Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. No.
313. 40 pp.
Tenore, K. R. 1972. The macrobenthos of the Pamlico River
estuary, North Carolina. Ecol. Monogr. 42:51-69.
Terrell, C. B. 1923. Wildfowl and fish attractions for South
Dakota. S. D. Game Fish Comm., Pierre. 71 pp.
Tester, J. R., and W. H. Marshall. 1962. Minnesota prairie
management techniques and their wildlife implication.
Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Cong. 27:267-287.
Thieret, J. W. 1971. Observations on some aquatic plants in
northwestern Minnesota. Michigan Botany 10:117-124.
Thomas, G. L. 1982. Autumn and winter feeding ecology of
waterfowl at the Ouse Washes, England. J. Zool.
197:131-172.
Thompson, D. J., and J. M. Shay. 1985. The effects of fire on
Phragmites australis in the Delta Marsh, Manitoba. Can. J.
Bot. 63:1864-1869.
Thomson, J. W., Jr. 1944. A survey of the larger aquatic plants
and bank flora of the Brule River. Transactions of
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters. 36:57-76.
Thorhaus, A., B. Miller, B. Jupp, and F. Booker. 1985. Effects
of a variety of impacts on seagrass restoration in Jamaica.
Mar. Poll. Bull. 16:355-360.
Thorn, T. D., and P. J. Zwank. 1993. Foods of migrating
cinnamon teal in central New Mexico. J. Field. Ornithol.
64:452-463.
Thorne, R. F. 1954. Flowering plants of the waters and shores
of the Gulf of Mexico. pp. 193-202 in (P. S. Galtsoff
coord.) Gulf of Mexico: Its origin, waters, and marine
life. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv. Fishery Bull. 89.
Thorne-Miller, B., M. M. Harlin, G. B. Thursby, M. M.
Brady-Campgell, and B. A. Dworetaky. 1983. Variations in
the distribution and biomass of submerged macrophytes in
five coastal lagoons in Rhode Island, U.S.A. Bot. Mar.
26:231-242.
Threinen, C. W., and W. T. Helm. 1954. Experiments and
observations designed to show carp destruction of aquatic
vegetation. J. Wildl. Manage. 18:247-251.
Thursby, G. B. 1984. Nutritional requirements of the submerged
angiosperm Ruppia maritima in algae-free culture. Mar.
Ecol. Prog. Ser. 16:45-50.
Thursby, G. B., and M. M. Harlin. 1984. Interaction of leaves
and roots of Ruppia maritima in the uptake of phosphate,
ammonia and nitrate. Mar. Biol. 83:61-67.
Tilton, D. L., R. H. Kadlec, and B. R. Schwegler. 1978. The
ecology and values of Michigan's coastal wetlands. Mich.
Dep. Natur. Resour., Lansing. 98 pp.
Timmons, F. L., V. F. Bruns, W. O. Lee, R. R. Yeo, U. M. Hodgson,
L. W. Weldon, and R. D. Comes. 1963. Studies on the
control of the common cattail in drainage channels and
ditches. U.S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. No. 1286. 51 pp.
Tiner, R. W., Jr. 1977. An inventory of South Carolina's
coastal marshes. S.C. Mar. Resour. Cert. Tech. Rept. No.
23. 33 pp.
Titcomb, J. W. 1923. Aquatic plants in pond culture, 2nd
edition. App. II., U.S. Comm. Fisheries Dept. 1923. 24 pp.
Titus, J. E., and M. D. Stephens. 1983. Neighbor influences and
seasonal growth patterns for Vallisneria americana in a
Mesotrophic Lake. Oecologia (Berlin) 56:23-29.
Tompkins, M. E. 1986. Historical review of South Carolina's
impoundments. pp. 3-11 in M. R. DeVoe and D. S. Baughman
eds. South Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments:
Ecological characterization, management, status, and use.
Vol. II: Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2.
South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611
pp.
Tourbier, J., and R. W. Pierson. 1976. Biological control of
water pollution. Univ. of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia.
Transeau, E. N. 1913. Vegetation of Cold Spring Harbor,
littoral. Plant World 16:189.
Trebitz, A.S., S.A. Nichols, S.R. Carpenter, and R.C.
Lathrop. 1993. Patterns of vegetation change in Lake
Wingra following a Myriophyllum spicatum decline.
Tryon, C. A., Jr. 1954. The effect of carp exclosures on growth
of submerged aquatic vegetation in Pymatuning Lake,
Pennsylvania. J. Wildl. Manage. 18:251-254.
Tsopa, E. 1939. La vegetation des halophytes du nord de la
Roumanie en connexion avec celle du reste du pays.
S.I.G.M.A. 70:1-22 (not seen, cited in Chapman 1974).
Turner, M. M. G. 1985. Ecological effects of multiple
perturbations on a Georgia salt marsh. Ph.D. Diss.,
University of Georgia, Athens. 192 pp.
Turner, M. G. 1987. Effects of grazing by feral horses,
clipping, trampling, and burning on a Georgia salt marsh.
Estuaries 10:54-60.
Turner, R. E. 1976. Geographic variation in salt marsh
macrophyte production: a review. Contrib. Mar. Sci. 20:47-
68.
Twilley, R. R., W. M. Kemp, K. W. Staver, J. C. Stevenson, and W.
R. Boynton. 1985. Nutrient enrichment of estuarine
submerged vascular plant communities 1. Algal growth and
effects on production of plants and associated communities.
Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 23:179-191
Twilley, R., M. Meteyer, N. Kaumeyer, J. Means, W. Boynton, W.
Kemp, K. Kaumeyer, K. Staver, and A. Hermann. 1981.
Nutrients, sediments, and herbicides in agricultural runoff
and the distribution of these water quality variables in the
Middle and Upper Regions of Chesapeake Bay. In: pp. 45-80
submerged aquatic vegetation in Chesapeake Bay: Its
ecological role in bay ecosystems and factors leading to its
decline (W. M. Kemp, J. C. Stevenson, W. R. Boynton, J. C.
Means, eds.) Horn Point Environmental Laboratories,
Cambridge, M. D. Uhler, F. M. 1956. New habitats for
waterfowl. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 21:453-469.
Tyler, G. 1969. Studies in the ecology of Baltic sea-shore
meadows. II. Flora and vegetation. Opera Bot. 25.
Uhler. F. M. 1944. Control of undesirable plants in waterfowl
habitat. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 9:295-303.
Uhler, F. M., and N. Hotchkiss. 1968. Vegetation and its
succession in marshes and estuaries along the South Atlantic
& Gulf Coasts. pp. 26-32 in J. D. Newsom, ed. Proc. Marsh
and Estuary Management Symposium. Louisiana State
University, Baton Rouge.
Ulehlova, B., and S. Pribil. 1978. Water chemistry in the
fishpond littorals. pp. 126-140 in (see Hejny and Husak
1978).
Ulehlova, B. 1978. Decomposition processes in the fishpond
littoral. pp. 341-353 in (see Hejny and Husak 1978).
Ulehlova, B. 1990. Release and uptake of minerals during
decomposition of plant litter in fishpond littoral. Folia
Geobot. Phytotax. 25:303-308.
Ungar, I. A. 1974. Inland halophytes of the United States. pp.
235-305 in R. J. Reimold and W. H. Queen eds. Ecology of
halophytes. Academic Press, New York. 605 pp.
Ungar, I. A. 1970. Species-soil relationships on sulfate
dominated soils in South Dakota. Amer. Midl. Nat.
83:343-357.
Ungar, I. A., W. Hogan, and M. McClelland. 1969. Plant
communities of saline soils at Lincoln, Nebraska. Am. Midl.
Nat. 82:564-577.
Ungar, I. A. 1968. Species-soil relationships on the Great Salt
Plains of northern Oklahoma. Amer. Midl. Nat. 80:392-406.
Ungar, I. A. 1967. Vegetation-soil relationships on saline
soils in northern Kansas. Am. Midl. Nat. 78:98-120.
Ungar, I. A. 1966. Salt tolerance of plants growing in saline
areas of Kansas and Oklahoma. Ecol. 47:154-155.
Ungar, I. A. 1965. An ecological study of the vegetation of the
Big Salt Marsh, Stafford County, Kansas. Univ., Kansas
Sci. Bull. 46:1-99.
Ungar, I. A. 1987. Population ecology of halophyte seeds. Bot.
Rev. 53:301-334. to reprints
Unni, K. S. 1971. An ecological study of the macrophytic
vegetation of the Doodhadhari Lake, Raipur, M. P. India: I.
Distribution and seasonal changes in aquatic plants.
Hydrobiol. 37:139-155.
U. S. Army Corps of Engineers. 1984. Water chemistry analyses
of Western Stump Lake, Nelson County, North Dakota,
May-August, 1984, performed by Serco, Inc. for St. Paul
District. (unpubl.)
U. S. Bureau of Reclamation. (unpubl.) 1986. Sand Lake and
Arrowwood National Wildlife Refuge dredge samples.
Missouri-Souris Proj. Off., Bismarck, ND.
U. S. Department of Agriculture. 1982a. National list of
scientific plant names. Vol. 1. List of plant names. Soil
Conservation Service SCS-TP-159.
U. S. Department of Agriculture. 1982b. National list of
scientific plant names. Vol. 2. Synonymy. Soil
Conservation Service SCS-TP-159.
U. S. Geological Survey. 1976-1979. Water chemistry data for
Western Stump Lake, Nelson County, North Dakota,
May-October. (unpubl.)
Ustin, S. L. 1984. Contrasting salinity responses of two
halophytes. California Agric. 38 (10):27-28.
Ustin, S. L., R. W. Pearcy, and D. E. Bayer. 1982. Plant water
relations in a San Francisco Bay salt marsh. Bot. Gaz.
143:368-373.
Valentine, J. M. 1977. Plant succession after saw-grass
mortality in southwestern Louisiana. Ann. Proc. S.E. Assoc.
Fish and Wildl. Agencies 30:634-640.
Van, T. K., and K. K. Steward. 1982. Evaluting controlled
release herbicides for aquatic weed control. Pp. 55-63 in
(See Westerdahl 1982.)
Van de Bijl, L., K. Sand-Jensen, and A. L. Hjermind. 1989.
Photosynthesis and canopy structure of a submerged plant,
Potamogeton pectinatus, in a Danish lowland stream. J. of
Ecol. 77:947-962.
Van den Brink, F. W. B., M. M. J. Maenen, G. Van der Velde, and
A. B. de Vaate. 1991. The (semi-) aquatic vegatation of
still waters within the floodplains of the rivers Rhine and
Meuse in The Netherlands: historical changes and the role of
inundation. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 24:2693-2699.
Van der Valk, A. G. 1986. The impact of litter and annual
plants on recruitment from the seed bank of a lacustrine
wetland. Aquat. Bot. 24:13-26.
Van der Valk, A. G., and C. B. Davis. 1976. Changes in
composition, structure, and production of plant communities
along a perturbed wetland coenocline. Vegetatio 32:87-96.
Van der Valk, A. G., and C. B. Davis. 1980. The impact of a
natural drawdown on the growth of four emergent species in a
prairie glacial marsh. Aquat. Bot. 9:301-322.
Van der Valk, A. G., and C. B. Davis. 1978. The role of seed
bank, in the vegetation dynamics of prairie glacial marshes.
Ecol. 59:322-335.
Van der Valk, A. G., and L. C. Bliss. 1971. Hydrarch succession
and net primary production of oxbos lakes in central
Alberta. Can J. Bot. 49:1177-1199.
Van der Voo, E. E., and V. Westhoff. 1961. An autecological
study of some limnophytes and helophytes in the area of the
large rivers. Wentia 5: 163-258.
Van Dijk, G. M. Dynamics and attenuation characteristics of
periphyton upon artificial substratum under various light
conditions and some additional observations on periphyton
upon Potamogeton pectinatus L. Hydrobiologia 252:143-161.
Van Dijk, G. M., and W. van Vierssen. 1991. Survival of a
Potamogeton pectinatus L. population under various light
conditions in a shallow eutrophic lake (Lake Veluwe) in The
Netherlands. Aquat. Bot. 39:121-129.'
Van Dijk. G. M., A. W. Breukelaar, and R. Gijlstra. 1992.
Impact of light climate history on seasonal dynamics of a
field population of Potamogeton pectinatus L during a three-
year period (1886-1988). Aquat. Bot. 43:17-41.
Van Dijk. G. M., and J. H. Janse. 1993. Modeling resource
allocation in Potamogeton pectinatus L. J. Aquat. Plant
Manage. 31:128-134.
Van Donselarr, J., L. G. Kop, and E. E. Van der Voo. 1961. On
the vegetation of former river beds in the Netherlands.
Wentia 5:1-85.
Van Donselarr-ten Bokkel Huinick, W. A. E. 1961. An ecological
study of the vegetation in three former river beds. Wentia
5:112-162.
Van Dyke, G. D. 1972. Aspects relating to emergent vegetation
dynamics in a deep marsh, north central Iowa. Ph.D.
Thesis, Dept. of Botany and Plant Pathology, Iowa State
Univ., Ames. 229 pp.
Van Horn, K., M. A. Van Horn, R. C. Glancy, J. Goodwin, and R. D.
Driggers. 1994. Fire in wetland restoration and
management. p. 44 in Soc. Wetland Scientists 15th Annual
Meeting. (abstr.).
Van Montfrans, J., R. L. Wetzel, and R. J. Orth. 1984.
Epiphyte-grazer relationships in seagrass meadows:
consequences for seagrass growth and production. Estuar.
7:289-309.
Van Vierssen, W. 1982a. The ecology of communities dominated by
Zannichellia taxa in western Europe. II. Distribution,
synecology and productivity aspects in relation to
environmental factors. Aquatic Bot. 13:385-483.
Van Vierssen, W. 1982b. The ecology of communities dominated by
Zennichellia taxa in western Europe. III. Chemical
ecology. Aquatic Bot. 14:259-294.
Van Vierssen, W., and Verhoeven, J. T. A. 1983. Plant and
animal communities in brackish supralittoral pools (Dobben)
in the northern part of the Netherlands. Hydrobiol.
98:203-221.
Van Vierssen, W., and T. C. Prins. 1985. On the relationship
between the growth of algae and aquatic macrophytes in
brackish water. Aquat. Bot. 21:165-179
Van Vierssen, W., C. M. van Kessel, and J. R. van der Zee. 1984.
On the germination of Ruppia taxa in western Europe. Aquat.
Bot. 19:381-393.
Van Vierssen, W., R. J. van Wijik, and J. R. van der Zee. 1981.
Some additional notes on the cytotaxonomy of Ruppia taxa in
Western Europe. Aquat. Bot. 11:297-301.
Van Wijk, R. J. 1989a. Ecological studies on Potamogeton
pectinatus L. IV. Nutritional ecology, field observations.
Aquat. Bot. 35:301-318.
Van Wijk, R. J. 1989b. Ecological studies on Potamogeton
pectinatus L. V. Nutritional ecology, in vitro uptake of
nutrients and growth limitations. Aquat. Bot. 35:319-335.
Van Wijk, R. J. 1988. Ecological studies on Potamogeton
pectinatus L. I. General characteristics, biomass
production and life cycle under field conditions. Aquat.
Bot. 31:211-258.
Van Wijk, R. J., van Goor, E. M. J., and Verkley, J. A. C. 1988.
Ecological studies on Potamogeton pectinatus L. II.
Autoecological characteristics with emphasis on salt
tolerance itraspecific variation and isoenzyme patterns.
Aquat. Bot. 33:239-260.
Van Wijk, R. J. 1988. Ecological studies on Potamogeton
pectinatus L. III. Reproductive strategies and germination
ecology, Aquat. Bot., in press.
Van Wijk, R. J. 1983. Life-cycles and reproductive strategies
of Potamogeton pectinatus L. in the Netherlands and the
Camargue (France). In Proc. Int. Symp. on Aquatic
Macrophytes Nijmegen, 18-23 September 1983, pp. 317-321.
Vanamburg, G. L. (n.d.). The effects of agricultural run-off
upon natural wetland ecosystems. Completion Report, U.S.
Dept. Interior. Water Research and Development Act Grant
No. l 14-34-0001-2125, A-044. 40 pp.
Vander Zouwen, W. J. 1982. Vegetational change in University
Bay from 1966 to 1980. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and
Lett. 70:42-51.
Varenko, N. I., and V. T. Chuiko. 1971. Role of higher aquatic
plants in the migration of manganese, zinc, copper, and
cobalt in the Dneprodzerzhinsk Reservoir. Hydrobiol. J.
(Gydrobiol. Zh. trans) 7:45-48. (not seen)
Varga, L. 1931. Interessante Formationen von Potamogeton
pectinatus L. im Ferto (see Neusiedler). Arb. Ung. Biol.
Forsch. Inst. (Tihany), 4:349-355. (not seen).
Vergara, B. S., K. Moody, and R. M. Visperas. 1977. Autecology
of Scirpus maritimus L. IV. Suggested control under field
conditions. Phillipine Weed Sci. Bull. 4:7-12.
Vass, K. K. 1980. On the trophic status and conservation of
Kashmir Lakes. Hydrobiol. 68:9-15.
Veatch, J. O. 1932. Some relationships between water plants and
water soils in Michigan. Transactions of Michigan Academy
of Science 27:409-413.
Vereshchagin, N. K. 1941. Establishment of the nutria in west
Georgia. Trans. Inst. Zool. Acad. Sci. R.S.S.G., 4:3-42.
Verhoeven, J. T. A. 1975. Ruppia communities in the Camargue,
France. Distribution and structure in relation to salinity
and salinity functions. Aquat. Bot. 1:217=241.
Verhoeven, J. T. A. 1978. Natural regulation of plant biomass
in a Ruppia-dominated system. Proc. EWRS 5th Symp. Aquat.
Weeds. 53-61.
Verhoeven, J. T. A. 1979. The ecology of Ruppia-dominated
communities in Western Europe. I. Distribution of Ruppia
representatives in relation to their autecology. Aquat.
Bot. 6:197-268.
Verhoeven, J. T. A. 1980b. The ecology of Ruppia-dominated
communities in Western Europe. III. Aspects of production,
consumption, and decomposition. Aquat. Bot. 8:209-253.
Verhoeven, J. T. A. 1980a. The ecology of Ruppia-dominated
communities in Western Europe. II. Synecological
classification. Structure and dynamics of the macroflora
and macrofauna communities. Aquat. Bot. 8:1-85.
Verhoeven, J. T. A. 1982. Reproductive strategies of Ruppia
taxa in Western Europe. In:Studies on aquatic vascular
plants. Ed. J.J. Symoens:S.S. Hopper & P. Compere, Royal
Botanical Soc. Belgium, Brussels. pp 156-157.
Verhoeven, J. T. A., and W. van Vierssen. 1978a. Structure of
macrophyte dominated communites in two brackish lagoons on
the Island of Corsica, France. Aquat. Bot. 5:77-86.
Verhoeven, J. T. A., and W. van Vierssen. l978b. Distribution
and structure of communities dominated by Ruppia, Zostera,
and Potamogeton species in the inland waters of 'De Bol',
Texel, the Netherlands. Estuar. Coastal Mar. Sci.
6:417-428.
Vermaak, J. F., Swanepoel, J. H., and Schoonbee, H. J. 1976.
Absorption and accumulation of 32P by Oedogonium and some
aquatic macrophytes. Water S.A. 2(1) 7-12.
Vermaak, J. F., J. H. Swanepoel, and H. J. Schoonbee. 1981. The
phosphorus cycle in Germiston Lake. I. Investigational
objectives and aspects of the limnology of the lake. Water
S. A. 7(3):160-165.
Vermaak, J. F., Swanepoel, J. H.; Schoonbee, H. J. 1983. The
phosphorus cycle in Germiston Lake with special reference to
the role of Potamogeton pectinatus L. In: Proc. Int. Symp.
Aquatic Macrophytes 18-23 September 1983 Nijmegen The
Netherlands; 326 pp. pp 262-272.
Vermeer, J. G., and F. Berendse. 1983. The relationship between
nutrient availability, shoot biomass, and species richness
in grassland and wetland communities. Vegetatio 53:121-126.
Vestergaard, P. 1985. Effects of mowing on the composition
of Baltic salt-meadow communities. Vegetatio 62:391-398.
Vevle, O. 1985. The salt marsh vegetation at Vinkekilen,
Bamble, SE Norway, with special reference to the
Puccinellietum maritimae. Vegetatio 61:55-63.
Vicars, T. H. 1976. Biomass and remote sensing of aquatic
macrophytes in estuary. M.A. Thesis E. Carolina Univ.
Greenvelle, N.C. 108 pp.
Vince, S. W., and A. A. Snow. 1984. Plant zonation in an
Alaskan salt marsh. I. Distribution, abundance and
environmental factors. J. Ecol. 72:651-667.
Viosca, P., Jr. 1928. Louisiana wetlands. Ecology 9:216-229.
Viosca, P., Jr. 1931. Spontaneous combustion in the marshes of
southern Louisiana. Ecology 12:432-442.
Visperas, R. M., and B. S. Vergara. 1976a. Autecology of
Scirpus maritimus L. I. Growth characteristics and
competition with rice. Phillipine Weed Sci. Bull. 3:1-14.
Visperas, R. M., and B. S. Vergara. 1976b. Autecology of
Scirpus maritimus L. II. Effect of light, temperature and
moisture. Phillipine Weed Sci. Bull. 3:15-29.
Visperas, R. M., and B. S. Vergara. 1976c. Autecology of
Scirpus maritimus L. III. Effect of shoot cutting on
flowering. Phillipine Weed Sci. Bull. 3:30-32.
Voge, V. M. 1987. Technik und ersebnisse der hydrophyten-
vegetationsaufnahme unter benutzung eines tauchgera tes.
Arch. Hydrobiol. 110:125-132.
Voigts, D. K. 1973. Aquatic invertebrate abundance in relation
to changing marsh conditions. Ph.D. Diss., Iowa State
Univ., Ames.
Volker, R., and S. G. Smith. 1965. Changes in the aquatic
vascular flora of Lake East Okoboji in historic times.
Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 72:65-72.
Votila, P. 1971. Distribution and ecological features of
hydrophytes in the polluted lake Vanajavesi, S. Finland.
Ann. Bot. Fennici. 8:257-295.
Wagner, A. 1966. Phosphatspeicherung und N/P-quotient bei
laichkrautern in abwasserbelasteten und unbelasteten
ufergebeiten des bodensees. Int. Rev. Hydrobiol. Hydrogr.
51. (not seen)
Waits, E. D. 1967. Net primary productivity of an irregularly
flooded North Carolina salt marsh. Ph.D. Thesis, North
Carolina State University, Raleigh. 124 pp.
Walsh, G. E., D. E. Weber, M. T. Nguyen, and L. K. Esry. 1991.
Responses of wetland plants to effluents in water and
sediment. Environ. Exper. Bot. 31:351-358.
Wali, M. K. 1976. Comparative studies of some inland saline
aquatic ecosystems in North Dakota. U.S.D.I Office of Water
Research and Technology. Res. Rep. No W1-221. 033-76.
Wali, M. K., G. K. Gruendling, and D. W. Blinn. 1972.
Observations on the nutrient composition of a freshwater
lake ecosystem. Arch. Hydrobiol. 69:452-464.
Walker, B. H., and C. F. Wehrhahn. 1971. Relationships between
derived vegetation gradients and measured environmental
variables in Saskatchewan wetlands. Ecol. 52:85-95.
Walker, B. H., and R. T. Coupland. 1970. Herbaceous wetland
vegetation in the aspen grove and grassland regions of
Saskatchewan. Can. J. Bot. 48:1861-1878.
Walker, B. H., and R. T. Coupland. 1968. An analysis of
vegetation-environment relationships in Saskatchewan
sloughs. Can J. Bot. 46:509-522.
Walker, B. H. 1968. Ecology of herbaceous wetland vegetation
inthe aspen grove and grassland regions of Saskatchewan.
Ph.D. Thesis. Univ. of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon,
Saskatchewan. 180 pp.
Walker, C. R. 1959. Control of certain aquatic weeds in
Missouri farm ponds. Weeds 7(3):310-316.
Walker, J. M. 1965. Vegetation changes with falling water
levels in the Delta Marsh, Manitoba. Ph.D. Thesis. Univ. of
Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada. 272 pp.
Walker, J. M. 1959. Vegetation studies on the Delta Marsh,
Delta, Manitoba. M. S. Thesis, Univ. of Manitoba. 203 pp.
Walker, K. F. 1973. Studies on a saline lake ecosystem. Aust.
J. Mar. Freshwat. Res. 24, 21-71.
Wallentinus, I. 1979. Environmental influences on benthis
macrovegetation in the Trosa-Asko area, northern Baltic
Proper. II. The ecology of macroalgae and submerged
phanerogams. Contrib. Asko Lab. Univ. Stockholm 25.
210 pp.
Walsh, G. E., and T. E. Grow. 1972. Composition of Thalassia
testudinum and Ruppia maritima. Quart. Jour., Florida
Acad. Sci. 35:97-108.
Ward, C. J. 1976. Aspects of the ecology and distribution of
submerged macophytes and shoreline vegetation on lake St.
Lucia. In: A. E. F. Heydorn (Ed.)., St. Lucia Sci., Adv.
Coun. Wksp. Meet. Natal Parks, F and G Preser. Bd., Publ.
Pietermaritzburg, Natal Pap 10.
Ward, G. H., Jr., and N. E. Armstrong. 1980. Matagorda Bay,
Texas: its hydrography, ecology and fishery resources. U.S.
Fish Wildl. 4. Serv. FWS/OBS-81/52. 230 pp.
Warme, J. E. 1971. Paleoecological aspects of a modern coastal
lagoon. Univ. California Publications Geol. Sci. 87. 131
pp.
Warren, J., and D. Bandel. 1968. Pothole blasting in Maryland
wetlands. Proc. Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 22:58-68.
Wass, M., and T. Wright. 1969. Coastal wetlands of Virginia.
Interim report to the Governor and General Assembly.
Virginia Inst. of Marine Sci., Spec. Sci. Rept. in Appl.
Mar. Sci. and Oceanogr. Engr. No. 10.
Waters, I., and J. M. Shay. 1992. Effect of water depth on
population parameters of a Typha glauca stand. Can. J. Bot.
70:349-351.
Watson, E., T. Singh, and I. Parker. 1970. The diet of duck and
coot on lake Naivasha. East African Wildl. J. 8:131-144.
Wayne, C. J. 1975. Sea and march-grasses: their effect on wave
energy and near-shore transport. M.S. Thesis, Florida, St.
Univ., Tallahassee.
Weaver, J. E., and W. J. Himmel. 1930. Relation of increased
water content and decreased aeration of root development in
hydrophytes. Plant Physiol. 5:69-92.
Webster, C. G. 1964. Fall foods of soras from two habitats in
Connecticut. J. Wildl. Manage. 28:163-165.
Weidemann, A. D., T. T. Bannister, S. W. Effler, and D. L.
Johnson. 1985. Particulate and optical properties during
CaCo3 precipitation in Otisco Lake. Limnol. Oceanogr.
30:1078-1083.
Weinstein, M. P., and H. A. Brooks. 1983. Comparative ecology
of nekton residing in a tidal creek and adjacent seagrass
meadow: community composition and structure. Mar. Ecol.
Prog. Ser. 12:15-27.
Weisner, S. E. B. 1987. The relation between wave exposure and
distribution of emergent vegetation in a eutrophic lake.
Freshwater Biology 18(3):537-544.
Weisner, S. E. B. 1993. Long-term competitive displacement of
Typha latifolia by Typha angustifolia in a eutrophic lake.
Oecologia 94:451-456.
Weisner, S. E. B., W. Graneli, and B. Estam. 1993. Influence of
submergence on growth of seedlings of Scirpus lacustris and
Phragmites australis. Freshw. Biol. 29:371-375.
Weisser, P. J., and Howard-Williams, C. 1982. The vegetation of
the wilderness lake system and the macrophyte encroachment
problem. Bontebok 2:19-40.
Welch, Catherine E. 1980. Relationships between the
availability, abundance, and nutrient quality of Typha
latifolia and Scirpus acutus to summer foraging and use of
space by muskrats (Ondatra zibethica) in southcentral
Alberta. M.S. Thesis. Univ. of Alberta, Edmonton.
Welch, E. B., M. A. Perkins, D. Lynch, and P. Hufschmidt. 1979.
Internal. phosphorous related to rooted Macrophytes in a
shalloe lake. pp 81-99 in (see Carpenter 1979)
Weldon, L. W., R. D. Blackburn, and D. S. Harrison. 1969.
Common aquatic weeds. U.S. Dept. Agric., Agric. Handbook
No. 352. Washington, D.C. 43 pp.
Weller, M. W. 1975. Studies of cattail in relation to
management for marsh wildlife. Iowa State Jour. Resear.
49:383-412.
Welling, C. H., R. L. Pederson, and A. G. van der Valk. 1988.
Recruitment from the seed bank and the development of
emergent zonation during a drawdown in a lacustrine, prairie
marsh. J. Ecol. 76:483-496.
Wells, B. M. 1942. Ecological problems of the southeastern U.S.
coastal plains. Bot. Rev. 8:533-561.
Welsh, R. P. H., and P. Denny. 1979. The translocation of 32 p
in two submerged aquatic angiosperm species. New Phytol.
82:645-656.
Wenner, E. L. 1986a. Benthic macrofauna. pp. 255-298 in DeVoe,
M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986. South Carolina
Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization,
management, status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis.
Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant
Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Wenner, C. A., J. C. McGovern, R. Martore, H. R. Beatty, and W.
A. Roumillat. 1986. Ichthyofauna. pp. 415-526 in DeVoe,
M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986. South Carolina
Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization,
management, status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis.
Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant
Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Wenner, E. L. 1986b. Decapod crustacean community. pp. 361-413 in
DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986. South
Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological
characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II:
Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South
Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Wenner, E. L., and H. R. Beatty. 1988. Macrobenthic communities
from wetland impoundments and adjacent open marsh habitats
in South Carolina. Estuaries 11:29-44.
West. R. C. 1977. Tidal salt-marsh and mangal formations of
middle and South America. Pp. 193-213 in V. J. Chapman, ed.
Ecosystems of the world 1. Wet coastal ecosystems.
Elsevier, New York. 428 pp.
Westerdahl, H. E. 1982. Chemical control technology
development. An overview. Pp. 51-54 in Proc. 16th Annu.
Mtg. Aquat. Plant Cont. Res. Planning and Operations
Review. U.S. Army Waterways Exp. Sta., Vicksburg, Miss.
Westerdahl, H. E., and J. F. Hall. 1983. Threshold 2,4 D
concnetrations for control of Eurasian water milfoil and
sago pondweed. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 21:22-25.
Westhoff, V. 1971. The dynamic structure of plant communities
in relation to the objectives of conservation. pp. 3-14 in
(E. Duffey and A. S. Watt, eds.) The scientific management
of animal and plant communities for conservation.
Blackwell, Oxford, England.
Westhoff, V. 1979. Salt marsh communities of three West Frisian
Islands, with some notes on their long-term succession
during half a century. pp. 16-40 in A. H. L. Huiskes, C. W.
P. M. Blom, and J. Rozema eds., Vegetation between land and
sea. Geobotany 11. Dr. W. Junk, Boston. 340 pp.
Westhoff, V., and E. Van der Maarel. 1973. The Braun-Blanquet
approach. Pp. 617-726 in R. H. whittaker, ed. Ordination
and classification of communities Junk, The Hague.
Westlake, D. F. 1961. Aquatic macrophytes and the oxygen
balance of running water. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol.
14:499-503.
Westlake, D. F. 1965. Some basic data for investigations of the
productivity of aquatic macrophytes. Mem. 1st. Hal.
Idrobiol. 18 Suppl.:229-248.
Westlake, D. F. 1967. Some effects of low velocity currents on
the metabolism of aquatic macrophytes. J. Exp. Bot.
18:187-205.
Westlake, D. F. 1968. Methods used to determine the annual
production of reedswamp plants with extensive rhizomes. pp
226-234 in: mehtods of productivity studies in root systems
and rhizosphere organisms. IBP/USSR Symp. August 28- Sept.
12, Leningrad.
Westoby, M. 1989. Selective forces exerted by vertebrate
herbivores on plants. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 4:115-
117.
Wetmore, A. 1918. The duck sickness in Utah. U.S. Dept. Agric.
Bull. 672.
Wetmore, A. 1921. Wild ducks and duck foods of the Bear River
marshes, Utah. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 936. 20 pp.
Wetzel, R. G. 1960. Marl encrustation on hydrophytes in several
Michigan lakes. Oikos 11:223-228.
Wetzel, R. G. 1964. A comparative study of the primary
productivity of higher aquatic plants, periphyton, and
phytoplankton in a large, shallow lake. Int. Rev. gesamtem
hydrobiol. 49:1-61.
Wetzel, R. G. 1965. Techniques and problems of primary
productivity measurements in higher aquatic plants and
periphyton. Mem. 1st. Hal. Idrobiol. 18 Suppl.:249-267.
Wetzel, R. G. 1969. Factors influencing photosynthesis and
excretion of dissolved organic matter by aquatic macrophytes
in hard-water lakes. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol.
17:72-85.
Wetzel, R. G. 1975. Limnology. W.B. Saunders Co.,
Philadelphia. 743 pp.
Wetzel, R. L., P. A. Penhale, and K. L Webb. 1981. Plant
community structure. elemental composition and sediment
characteristics of a temperate, estuarine seagrass
ecosystem; Vancluse Shores, lower Chesapeake Bay, Virginia.
Pp. 9-49 in (R. L. Wetzel ed.) final report. Structural and
functional aspects of the ecology of submerged aquatic
macrophyte communities in the lower Chesapeake Bay. Vol. 1.
Virginia Inst. Mar. Sci., Applied Mar. Sci. Ocean Eng. Spec.
Rep. 267. 187 pp.
Wetzel, R. L., and P. A. Penhale. 1981. Photosynthesis, light
response and metabolism of submerged macrophyte communities
in the lower Chesapeake Bay, Virginia. Pp. 50-107 in (R. L.
Wetzel ed.) final report. Structural and functional aspects
of the ecology of submerged aquatic macrophyte communities
in the lower Chesapeake Bay. Vol. 1. 187 pp.
Whipple, S. A., and D. White. 1977. The effects of fire on two
Louisiana marshes. Assoc. Southeast. Biol. Bull. 24:95
(abstr.).
White, D. A., T. E. Weiss, J. M. Trapani, and L. B. Thien. 1978.
Productivity and decomposition of the dominant salt marsh
plants in Louisiana. Ecology 59:751-759.
White, G. E., and R. Hartland-Rowe. 1969. Temporal changes of
physical and chemical factors in a shallow astatic saline
lake. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 17:440-446.
Whitman, W. R., and R. V. Cole. 1987. Ecological conditions and
implications for waterfowl management in selected coastal
impoundments of Delaware. pp. 99-119 in W. R. Whitman and
W. H. Meredith eds. Waterfowl and wetlands symposium: Proc.
Symp. Waterfowl Wetlands Management in coastal zone of the
Atlantic Flyway. Delaware Coastal Manage. Prog., Delaware
Dept. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control, Dover, Delaware.
522 pp.
Whitman, W. R. 1976. Artifical wetlands for waterfowl. Pages
336-344 in M. Smart ed. Intern. Conf. on the convention of
wetlands and waterfowl. Intern. Waterfowl Res. Bur.,
England, Slimbridge.
Whitman, W. R. 1974. The response of macro-invertebrates to
experimental marsh management. Ph.D Thesis. Univ. of Maine,
Orono. 114 pp.
Whitton, B. A., P. J. Say, and J. D. Wehr. 1981. Use of plants
to monitor heavy metals in rivers. pp 135-145 in P. J. Say
and B. A. Whitton, eds. Heavy metals in northern England.
Environmental and biological aspects. Botany Dept., Univ.
Durham. (not seen, cited in Haslam (1987)).
Wiegleb, G. 1978. Untersuchungen uber den Zusammenhang zwischen
hyrochemischen Umweltfaktoren und Makrophytenvegetation in
stehenden Gewassern. Arch. Hydrobiol. 87:443-484.
Wiegleb, G. 1978b. Vergleich okologischer und soziologischer
Artengruppen von Makrophyten des Susswassers. Verh. Ges.
Okol., Kiel 1977, 243-249.
Wiegleb, G. 1991. Human impact on the ecological performance of
Potamogeton species in northwestern Germany. Vegetatio
97:161-172.
Wiegleb, G., H. Brux and W. Herr. 1991. Human impact on the
ecological performance of Potamogeton species in
northwestern Germany. Vegetatio 97:161-172.
Wilcox, D. A., and Simonin, H. A. 1987. A chronosequence of
aquatic macrophyte communities in dune ponds. Aquat. Bot.,
28:227-242.
Wilcox, D. A. 1986. The effects of deicing salts on vegetation
in Pinhook Bog, Indiana. Can. J. Bot., 64:865-874.
Wilcox, D. A., Apfelbaum, S. I., and Hiebert, R. D. 1984.
Cattail invasion of sedge meadows following hydrologic
disturbance in the Cowles Bog Wetland Complex, Indiana Dunes
National Lakeshore. Wetlands, 4:115-128.
Wile, I., G. Hitchin, and G. Beggs. 1979. Impact of mechanical
harvesting on Chemung Lake. pp 145-159 in (see Carpenter
1979 card)
Wile, I., and G. Hitchin. 1977. An evaluation of overwinter
drawdown as an aquatic plant control method for the Kawartha
Lakes. Ontario Ministry of the Environment. 12 pp.
Wiley, M. J., and R. W. Gordon. 1984. Biological control of
aquatic macrophytes by herbivorus carp. Part 2. Biology
and ecology of herbivorus carp. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv.,
Aquat. Biol. Tech. Rep. Vol. II.
Wiley, M. J., S. M. Pescitelli, and L. D. Wike. 1986. The
relationship between feeding preferences and consumption
rates in grass carp and grass carp X bighead carp hybrids.
J. Fish Biol. 29:507-514.
Wiley, M. J., P. P. Tazik, L. D. Wilke, and S. T. Sobaski. 1984.
Biological vs chemical aquatic plant management: A cost
analysis. Pp. 264-268 in Proc. Ill. Conf. on Lake and
Watershed Manage. Wat. Resour. Center Spec. Rep. 15, Univ.
Ill., Urbana-Champaign. 319 pp.
Wilkinson, P. M. 1970. Vegetative succession in newly
controlled marshes. Job completion report. Proj. W-38-6.
April 1, 1967-June 30, 1970. South Carolina Wildl. Mar.
Resour. Dept., Columbia. 37 pp.
Willen, T. 1962. The Utal lake chain, central Sweden. Oikos
Suppl. 5:1-156.
Willi, P. 1970. Zugverhalten, Nahrung und Nahrungserwerb auf
Klingnauer Stausee haufig auftretender Anatiden,
insbesondere von Krickente, Tafelente und Reiherente.
Ornithol. Beob. 67:141-217. (not seen, cited in Van Wijk
(1988)).
Williams, M., and M. J. Imber. 1970. The role of marginal
vegetation in some waterfowl habitats (ducks). New Zealand
Ecol. Soc. Proc. 17:126-128.
Williams, W. D. 1978. Limnology of Victorian salt lakes,
Australia. Verh. Int. Ver. Limnol. 20:1165-1174.
Williams, W. D. 1966. Conductivity and the concentration of
total dissolved solids in Australian lakes. Aust. J. Mar.
Freshwat. Res. 17(2):169-176.
Williams, M. J. 1979. the status and management of black swans
Cygnus atratus, Latham at Lake Ellesmore since the 'Wahine'
storm, April 1968. New Zealand J. Ecol. 2:34-41.
Williams, W. T., and D. A. Barber. 1961. The functional
significance of aerenchyma in plants. Symp. Soc. Exp.
Biol. 15:132-144.
Williamson, B. B. 1979. The wetlands of Dickinson Island, St.
Clair Co., Michigan, and their response to water level
fluctuations. M.S. Thesis, Eastern Michigan Univ.,
Ypsilanti, MI. 79 pp.
Wilson, J. N. 1958. The limnology of certain prairie lakes in
Minnesota. Am. Midl. Nat. 59:418-437.
Wilson, J. N. 1957. Effects of turbidity and silt on aquatic
life. pp 235-239 in: (C. M. Tarzwell, ed.) Biological
problems in water pollution. U.S. Public Health Serv. R. A.
Taft. Sanitary Engr. Center, Cincinatti, OH.
Wilson, K. L. 1981. A synopsis of the genus Scirpus (Cyperaceae)
in Australia. Telopea 2:153-172.
Wilson, L. R. l941. The larger aquatic vegetation of Trout Lake,
Villas County, Wisconsin. Trans. Wisc. Acad. Sci., Arts and
Lett. 33:135-146.
Wilson, L. R. 1937. A quantitative and ecological study of the
larger aquatic plants of Sweeney Lake, Oneida County,
Wisconsin. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 64:199-208.
Wilson, L. R. 1935. Lake development and plant succession in
Vilas County, Wisconsin. Part I. The medium hard water
lakes. Ecol. Monogr. 5:207-247.
Wilson, R. S., T. R. A. Maxwell, G. Mance, M. A. Sleigh, and
R. A. Milne. 1975. Biological aspects of Chew Valley and
Blagdon Lakes, England. Freshwat. Biol. 5:379-393.
Wilson, S. D., and P. A. Keddy. 1986. Species competitive
ability and position along a natural stress/disturbance
gradient. Ecol. 67:1236-1242.
Wishart, R. A. 1983. The behavioral ecology of the American
wigeon (Anas americana) over its annual cycle. PhD. Thesis.
Univ. of Manitoba, Winnipeg. 362 pp.
Wolseley, P. A. 1986. The aquatic macrophyte communities of the
ditches and dykes of the Somerset levels and their relation
to management. Pp. 407-418 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp. Aquat.
Weeds. European Weed Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Biol.
Wong, S.L., B. Clark, M. Kirby, and R.F. Kosciuw. 1978. Water
temperature fluctuations and seasonal periodity of
Cladophora and Potamogeton in shallow rivers. J. Fish. Res.
Board Can. 35:866-870.
Wong, S.L., and B. Clark. 1976. Field determination of the
critical nutrient concentration for Cladophora in streams.
J. Fish Res. Bd. Can. 33:85-92.
Wood, D. W. 1966. Vascular plant flora of Haunk's Pond, Middle
Bass Island, Ottawa County, Ohio. M.S. Thesis. Ohio State
Univ., Columbus. 59 pp.
Wood, E. J. F. 1959. Some east Australian sea-grass
communities. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales, 84:218-226.
Wood, J. G., and L. G. M. Baas Becking. l937. Notes on
convergence and identity in relation to environment.
Blumea, 2, 329-338.
Woodell, S.R.J. 1985. Salinity and seed germination patterns in
coastal plants. Vegetatio 61:223-229.
Woronichin, N. N. 1926. Biology of the magnesium sulfate lakes
of Pjatigorsk. Arch. Hydrobiol. 17(4):628-643.
Wright, T. J., V. I. Cheadle, and E. A. Palmatier. 1949. A
survey of Rhode Island's salt and brackish water ponds and
marshes. Rhode Island Dep. Agric. Cons., Div. Fish Game.
Pittman-Robertson Pamphl. No. 2. 44 pp.
Wrubleski, D. A. 1987. Aquatic insects [Chironomidae:Diptera]
of Peatlands and Marshes in Canada. Mem. ent. Soc. Can.
140. 174 pp.
Wrubleski, D. A. 1987. Two species of Procladius (Diptera:
Chironomidae) from a northern prairie marsh: descriptions,
phenologies and mating behaviour. Delta Waterfowl Research
Station, Portage la Prairie, Manitoba, Canada. The Acad.
Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia, 19th & Parkway.
Wulff, H. D. 1937. Karyologische untersuchungen an der
halophyten-flora Schleswig-Holstein. Jb. Wiss. Bot. 84:182.
(not seen, cited in Chapman 1974).
Yamanaka, K. 1975. Primary productivity of the Fraser River
Delta foreshore: yield estimates of emergent vegetation.
M.S. Thesis, University of British Columbia, Vancouver. 134
pp.
Yancey, R. K. 1949. Fall foods of ducks in Concordia Parish,
Louisiana. M.S. Thesis, Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge.
68 pp.
Yanovsky, E. 1936. Food plants of the North American Indians.
U. S. Dept. Agric. Misc. Publ. 237.
Yelverton, C. S., and T. L. Quay. 1959. Food habits of the
Canada goose at Lake Mattamuskeet, North Carolina. Wildl.
Resour. Comm., Raleigh, N.C. 44 pp.
Yeo, R. R. 1976. Naturally occurring antagonistic relations
among aquatic plants that may be useful in their management.
pp 290-293 in (T. E. Freeman ed.) Proc. Int. Symp. on
Biological Control of Weeds, Gainesville, Fl.
Yeo, R. R. 1967. Dissipation of diquat and paraquat, and
effects on aquatic weeds and fish. Weeds 15:42-46.
Yeo, R. R. 1965. Life history of sago pondweed. Weeds
13:314-321.
Yeo, R. R. 1964. Life history of common cat-tail. Weeds
12:284-288.
Yocom, C. F. 1951. Waterfowl and their food plants in
Washington. University of Washington Press, Seattle. 272
pp.
Yocom, C. F., and M. Keller. 1961. Correlation of food habits
and abundance of waterfowl, Humboldt Bay, California. Calif.
Fish Game 47:41-53.
Young, A. A., and H. F. Blaney. 1952. Use of water by native
vegetation. Calif. State Dept. Public Works, Div. Water
Resour. Bull. 50.
Young, R. T. 1924. The life of Devils Lake, North Dakota.
Publ. North Dakota Biolo. Sta. 116 pp.
Young, R. T. 1923. Resistance of fish to salts and alkalinity.
Amer. J. Physiol. 65:373-388.
Zafar, A. R. 1976. Economic significance of certain species of
Scirpus L. pp. 387-391 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rzoska, eds.
Aquatic weeds in SE Asia. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague.
Zaky, S. 1960. The effect of wind on the distribution and
density of Potamogeton pectinatus in Nozha Hydrodrome.-Notes
and Memoires No. 44. Alezandria Inst. Hydrobiol., 33 pp.
Zanini, E. 1971. Les problemes techniques actuels de la
riziculture europeenne dans le cadre d'une realite en
evolution. Bull. d'information des riziculteurs de France
151:7-16. (not seen, cited in Podlejski 1981).
Zedler, J. B., and P. A. Beare. 1986. Temporal variability of
salt marsh vegetation: The role of low-salinity gaps and
environmental stress. pp. 295-306 in D. Wolfe ed.
Estuarine variability. Academic Press, New York. 509 pp.
Zedler, J. B., and C. S. Nordby. 1986. The ecology of Tijuana
Estuary, California: an estuarine profile. U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service Biol. Rep. 85 (7.5). 104 pp.
Zedler, J. B., J. Covin, C. Nordby, P. Williams, and J. Boland.
1986. Catastrophic events reveal the dynamic nature of
salt-marsh vegetation in southern California. Estuaries
9:75-80.
Zenkevitch, L. A. 1963. Biology of the seas of the U.S.S.R.
Interscience, New York. 955 pp.
Zhadin, V. I., and S. V. Gerd. l961. Fauna and flora of the
rivers, lakes and reservoirs of the U.S.S.R. Transl. from
Russian by Office of Technical Servies; Washington, D.C.
626 pp.
Zieman, J. C. 1982. The ecology of the seagrasses of south
Florida: a community profile. U.S. Dept. Interior.
FWS/OBS-82/25. 123 pp.
Zimmerman, M. S., R. J. Livingston. 1979. Dominance and
distribution of benthic macrophyte assemblages in a north
Florida estuary (Apalachee Bay, Florida) Bull. of Marine
Sci. 29:27-40.
Zimmerman, R., R. Gibson, and J. Harrington. 1979. Herbivory
and detritivory among gammaridean amphipods from a Florida
seagrass community. Mar. Biol. 54:41-47.
Zingmark, R. G. 1986. Production of microbenthic algae. pp. 179-
194 in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986. South
Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological
characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II:
Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South
Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp.
Zolotova, Z. K. 1966. [Food preferences of grass carp]. Tr.
Vses. Nauchno-lssled. Inst. Prud. Rybn. Khoz. 14:39-50
(not seen).
Zutshi, D. P. 1975. Associations of macrophytic vegetation in
Kashmir Lakes. Vegetation 30:61-66.
Zwarts, L. 1972. De grauwe ganzen Anser anser van het brakke
getijdegebied de ventjager splaten. Limosa 45:119-134.
(not seen, cited in Reed, 1989).
